SECTION I - CLASS DEFINITION
This class provides for buckles, buttons, clasps, cord and
rope holders, pins, separable fasteners, etc., which have become
so varied in use and so allied in structure as to belong to no specific
art, but are novel only as to their structures. There are, however,
several types of fastenings included where the devices are but slightly identified
with the art and are closely analogous to the main titles above
cited. Such patents are retained under more or less art titles.
Devices which embrace fastenings as above, but also include elements
which connect them with various specific arts, have been excluded
as far as practicable.
The fastenings have been classified structurally as far as possible,
and where two or more simple fastenings are contained in one structure,
it is found in subclasses indicating the kinds of fastenings so
combined. This scheme is followed also through out those art subclasses
which have been retained, where possible.
Many of the securing means placed within subclass 287 claim
with the means an amount of structure-to-be-secured* necessary
for either (a) completing the securing operation, (b) connecting
components of the securing means together, (c) linking distinct
securing means together, or (d) mounting the securing means. The
mere naming of or recitation of the above (i.e., a-d) limited amount
of structure-to-be-secured* will not exclude classification
from Class 24, unless this subject matter is provided for elsewhere.
Specific details or specificity of the structure-to-be-secured* going
beyond this amount are excluded for this class and are placed in
the particular class providing for that type of structure-to-be-secured*,
combination, or mounting.
| | (1)
Note. A securing means claimed in combination with a tool
for operating it is classified in the appropriate class for the
tool when a specific detail of the tool is claimed. |
SECTION II - LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES AND WITHIN THIS CLASS
All U.S. patents within subclass 287 are placed according
to the following procedure: Original patents having claims defining
subject matter within the scope normally associated with these subclasses
should be placed within the first occurring subclass array and furthest, sequentially
indented subclass thereunder which the claimed subject matter fits
and if there are additional subclasses indented thereunder, on disclosure
into the first occurring and furthest, sequentially indented subclass
which the disclosed and claimed subject matter fits. It is additionally
considered mandatory to cross-reference any independent claims(s),
other than the one governing original placement or other claims
defining the same subject matter, below into different subclass arrays
using the same principles of placement by which the original is
placed. Further, if the subject matter of the patent used in placing
the original is a species of a generic claim and there are plural
species disclosed in the patent, then it is mandatory to cross-reference
the patent to the first subclass immediately above and under which
the original"s subclass is indented which can fully accept
the subject matter of all claimed and disclosed species. However,
if the patents are more than 17 years old, the cross-referencing
of any claimed subject matter to a different subclass array, either
above or below that into which the original is placed, is solely
discretionary and is not mandatory if it is felt that the claimed
subject matter is already well represented in these other subclass
arrays.
LINE BETWEEN CLASS 24 AND CLASS 2
The line with Class 2, Apparel, and this class (24) with respect
to garment supporters is as follows:
Class 24 takes single or combined securing means used to support
a garment or to hold parts of a garment supporter together when
either (a) no significant structural feature of the garment or held
parts is claimed or (b) the specific configuration of the held parts
of the supporter is not claimed. Examples of the garment supporters proper
for Class 24 are (1) two distinct securing means connected by a
single nominally recited strip or strand, (2) cooperating components
of a securing means located on the ends of a nominally recited belt,
strip, or strand for holding the ends together to form a loop, and
(3) securing means for holding together two or more named garments
or named parts of a garment supporter.
Class 2 takes all other garment supporters or parts thereof
not provided for elsewhere.
Patents claiming either (1) two or more discrete, rigid* or
semirigid* (i.e., nonflaccid), joined members and details
peculiar to their common joint or (2) a fastener constructed with
features peculiarly adapting it for use with such members (e.g.,
angle clamp, converging clasp for members having divergent cross
sections, jointed connector allowing relative movement between members)
and disclosing that the members are (a) mere stock material having
only general utility until joined together into a particular assemblage
(e.g., framework members transmitting force to one another), (b)
components of an assemblage, each of which have the same utility
before and after joining, but when joined together interact with each
other to accomplish a common task and no longer have any independent
operation (e.g., torque transmitting rods, pipeline), (c) subcomponents
of an assemblage one of which having utility only when interacting with
the other to accomplish a specific task (e.g., windshield wiper
and windshield), or (d) articles each having independent utility
and when joined together cooperate with each other to change, enhance,
or make interdependent their operation (e.g., articulated trailers)
have been classified in the appropriate class (e.g., Class 64, Class 74,
Class 248, Class 280, Class 285, Class 439, or Class 403) based
on details of the members or joint.
LINE BETWEEN CLASS 24 AND CLASS 248
The line between this class (24) and Class 248 is largely based
on disclosure. Thus, inventions which involve distinct means for
engaging a support and a supported article wherein the sole disclosure
is of a support against gravity are classifiable in Class 248 even
though it may be possible to find other utility therefore. Subcombinations
of such devices are classifiable in Class 248 in the absence of
a clear indication of general utility for the subcombination. For
example, a clip* in general is classified in this class
(24) even when disclosed as having a supporting function; however,
when a clip* is particularly adapted for service as a support
against gravity (e.g., the gripping jaw is gravity actuated) or
as a hold down and there is no other utility disclosed, then it
is classified in Class 248.
Devices intended for transmitting an active pushing, pulling,
lifting, or driving force through their structure from a force input
element to a separate (a) transportable load, (b) piece of work
or (b) tool are classified elsewhere based upon the type of function
of the input element (e.g., if it is a cable, if it is a handle,
if it is for a load grab of a vertically swinging load support,
if it is a pushing or pulling implement, if it is for a tool holding chuck,
if it is a press--See the search class notes below for this subject
matter).
SECTION III - REFERENCES TO OTHER CLASSES
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel, appropriate subclasses for a fastener claimed in
combination with either specific apparel structure or specific additional
apparel supporting structure, and see (1) Note of this class definition
for the line between Class 2 and Class 24. |
| 16, | Miscellaneous Hardware (e.g., Bushing, Carpet Fastener,
Caster, Door Closer, Panel Hanger, Attachable or Adjunct Handle,
Hinge, Window Sash Balance, etc.), for a handle. |
| 29, | Metal Working, appropriate subclasses for a process or means to
make a Class 24 fastener. |
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, appropriate subclasses for a fastener either claimed
in combination with information exhibiting structure (e.g., badge,
tag) or claiming a special accommodating feature (e.g., holder)
for information exhibiting structure. |
| 63, | Jewelry, appropriate subclasses for a fastener either (a)
in combination with jewelry structure, (b) having an ornamental
shape, (c) having a special accommodating feature (e.g., setting)
for jewelry structure, or (d) constructed from valuable decorative
material (e.g., gold). |
| 70, | Locks, appropriate subclasses for a fastener which either
(a) is combined with distinct locking means or (b) requires the
aid of a key or specialized tool to release it. |
| 100, | Presses, for a press. |
| 119, | Animal Husbandry,
subclasses 863 through 865for an animal collar or harness having a particular
buckle, length-fixing, or end-joining means. |
| 132, | Toilet,
subclasses 9+ for a device which fastens hair. |
| 156, | Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture, appropriate subclasses for a method or an apparatus
to fasten two members together with an adhesive. |
| 163, | Needle and Pin Making, appropriate subclasses for an apparatus for or a
method to make a pin. |
| 224, | Package and Article Carriers, appropriate subclasses for a fastener which holds
an article, while it is being transported between two locations,
upon a person or vehicle. |
| 248, | Supports, appropriate subclasses for a fastener which supports
an article against gravity, and see (5) Note of this class definition
for the line between Class 24 and Class 248. |
| 254, | Implements or Appartus for Pushing or Pulling Force, if it is a pushing or pulling implement. |
| 269, | Work Holders, appropriate subclasses for means for holding an
article at a location while it is being operated on or treated. |
| 279, | Chucks or Sockets, appropriate subclasses for means which grips a pipe,
rod, or tool and transmits a rotating or reciprocating force thereto
from an unclaimed power source. |
| 285, | Pipe Joints or Couplings, appropriate subclasses for a coupling means, per
se, which has a structural feature particular to connecting pipes. |
| 292, | Closure Fasteners, appropriate subclasses for a fastener which is intended
to hold a distinct closure in a position blocking an opening. |
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, appropriate subclasses for a fastener which transmits
a force from a handle or hoist-line to an object or material moved
thereby. |
| 402, | Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or
Notch of Sheet, appropriate subclasses for retaining means which
passes through or forms an opening in a sheet of paper to releasably secure
it. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections, appropriate subclasses for a joint between (a) two
rigid* or semi-rigid* members, (b) two portions
of a rigid* or semi-rigid* member, or (c) a flaccid* and
a rigid* or semi-rigid* member which involves
either an intrinsic property of one of the members or portions thereof
or a particular relationship between the members or portions; and
fastening means, per se, limited to such joints by their structure. |
| 410, | Freight Accommodations on Freight Carrier, appropriate subclasses for means to secure an article
to a freight carrier. |
| 411, | Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed,
or Locked-Threaded Fastener, appropriate subclasses for a general utility fastener
which is (a) tool driven, (b) tool manipulated, or (c) deformed
during the fastening operation and devices used in conjunction with such
fasteners. |
| 414, | Material or Article Handling, for a load grab of a vertically swinging load support. |
| 439, | Electrical Connectors, appropriate subclasses for a detachable connector
(e.g., fastener), per se, which either (a) is specially designed
for, (b) includes structure having particular utility for, or (c)
has the sole disclosed utility of conducting electricity; and see
the class definition of Class 439, section IV for the line between Class
24 and Class 439. |
SECTION IV - GLOSSARY
Terms or phrases used in titles or definitions,
either repeatedly or in a special and limited sense, are set forth below
with the meaning each is to have for subclass 287. For economy of
space, an asterisk (*) following a word indicates that
reference should be made to this Glossary for the specific meaning
thereof while an (*) following a hyphenated phrase, e.g.,
structure-to-be-secured(*), indicates that that entire
hyphenated term as such has been defined in this Glossary.
BUCKLE(*)
A securing means wherein either member is adapted to allow
structure-to-be-secured (*) to pass therethrough, or wherein
the members are adapted to allow structure-to-be-secured(*)
to pass completely therebetween in a path generally parallel to
the longitudinal axis of the members. Buckles are designed to adjustably
secure belts, bands, or similar longitudinal articles and generally
operate by having one end of the belt band, etc., fixed securely
to one end of the buckle with another frictionally or resiliently
securing the belt, band, etc., or by passing through a provided
for aperture in the belt, band, etc., and generally also has two
connected, relatively movable members.
CLASP(*)
A securing mechanism or element including two coacting
members or member segments having gripping surfaces which engage
portions of structure-to-be-secured* on opposite sides
in a jawlike manner to thereby (a) prevent or hinder the movement
of structure-to-be secured* relative to the surfaces in
at least one direction, (b) prevent or hinder the separation of
distinct portions of the structure-to-be-secured* from
each other, or (c) perform a securement of structure-to-be-secured* by
overedge engagement thereof. The gripping surfaces of the coacting
members or member segments are intended to be always easily moved
into and out of engagement with the structure-to-be-secured* by
either direct manual or tool force thereon or actuation of an attached
operator*. In addition, both of the coacting members or
member segment, when engaging with or disengaging from the structure-to-be-secured*,
do not exceed the elastic limit of or destroy any portion of the
securing mechanism or element. If the mechanism or element is formed
from either a single piece or plural fixedly attached pieces of rigid* material,
then the structural shape of the gripping surfaces and the outward
force of the compressed structure-to-be-secured* provide
the gripping force required above.
CLIP(*)
A securing mechanism or element including a member which
(1) is intended to be connected or attached to a rigid or semirigid
supporting member (e.g., wall, floor, roof) or article (e.g., pen,
vehicle) having an additional and usually principle function other
than normally associated with this class, and (2) has a gripping
surface intended to coact with the surface of the supporting member
or article to engage the opposite sides of a distinct structure-to-be-secured* positioned
therebetween to prevent or hinder either (a) the movement of the structure-to-be-secured* relative
to the surfaces in one direction, or (b) the separation of a structure-to-be-secured* from
the supporting member or article.
The gripping surface of the member is intended to be always
easily moved into and out of engagement with the structure-to-be-secured* by
either direct manual or tool force thereon or actuation of an attached
operator*. In addition, the gripping surface, when engaging
with or disengaging from the structure-to-be-secured does not exceed
the elastic limit of or destroy any portion of the securing mechanism
or element. If the mechanism or element is formed from either a
single piece or plural fixedly attached pieces of rigid* material,
then the structural shape of the gripping surfaces and the outward force
of the compressed structure-to-be-secured provide the gripping force
required above.
DRAWSTRING*
A securing mechanism including both a string (i.e., a thin
elongated flaccid member) and guiding means therefor (e.g., eyelet,
hollow hem) located on a portion of the structure-to-be-secured* which
surrounds an opening; wherein the string (a) encircles the opening, (b)
draws the perimeter of the structure-to-be-secured* toward
the center of the opening to close or tighten it when a portion
of the string is pulled through its guiding means to shorten the
effective length of the remaining portion of the string encircling
the opening, and (c) secures the perimeter of the structure-to-be-secured* in its
new position when the extracted portion of the string which was
pulled through the guide means is prevented from moving (e.g., tied).
FLACCID*
Structure which, when subjected to a distortion force less
than or equal to earth"s gravitational force, is incapable
(in at least one of its orientations) of maintaining its previous
formational shape or being self-supporting over any appreciable
dimension.
HAND-ACTUATED(*); HAND-OPERATED(*)
The term hand-actuated or hand-operated is used in the sense
of like contact with a living being and solely applies to the use
of the hand in operating a fastener (i.e., moving portions of the
fastener relative to each other) of the Class 24 type.
LACED-FASTENER*
A securing mechanism including both a string (i.e., a thin
elongated flaccid* member) and guiding means (e.g., path
defining eyelets) therefor located on two spaced edges of the structure-to-be-secured*;
wherein the string (a) links together the guiding means on opposite
sides of and traverses the gap between the edges, (b) draws the
edges toward each other when a portion of the string is pulled past
its guiding means to shorten the effective length of the remaining
portion of the string traversing the gap, and (c) secures the edges
in fixed relationship to each other when the extracted portion of the
string is prevented from moving (e.g., tied).
LOCKING MEANS*
A component having the sole function of restricting the movement
between and holding in a particular position or orientation (e.g.,
not moving or reorienting) either (1) one portion of the fastener
relative to another portion of the fastener, or (2) one fastener
relative to another fastener.
OPERATOR*
A manipulable mechanical means which contacts and moves
with respect to a shiftable portion of a fastener mechanism to reposition
or transmit an input force to the shiftable portion. A mere spring
which effects the movement of the parts of the fastener mechanism,
for example, by utilizing stored energy to return its parts to a
starting position, is not included in the meaning of this term.
PIN*
A securing mechanism having both (a) a portion specifically
shaped (e.g., pointed) to facilitate impaling of and penetration
into either the structure-to-be-secured* or a supporting
member therefor during its operation and (b) a remaining portion
(e.g., head) not intended to penetrate either the structure-to-be-secured* or
a supporting member therefor in the final securing position of the mechanism.
In addition, the penetrating portion of the securing mechanism is
intended to be always easily impaled into and extracted from the
penetrated area of the structure-to-be-secured* or its
supporting member by unaided directed manual force. Finally, the
normal securing or releasing operation of the mechanism requires
no portion of the mechanism to be destroyed or undergo forces in
excess of those causing plastic deformation of the material from
which it is constructed.
RESILIENT*
Structure which is both capable (a) of distortion when subjected
to a force of the magnitude normally encountered within the disclosed
environment and (b) of complete resumption of its original shape
due to the energy stored within it by the distortion force after
its removal.
RIGID*
Structure which when subjected to a distortion force normally
encountered within the environment (as defined by the disclosure
and associated with the securing operation of a Class 24 fastener)
is capable of resisting this force if applied to the structure in
any orientation and maintaining its previous formational shape thereafter.
SEMIRIGID*
Structure which is both (a) capable of resisting distortion
(i.e., maintaining its previous formational shape or being self
supporting over all appreciable dimensions) caused by a force applied
to it in any of its orientations which is of a magnitude equal to
or less than the earth"s gravitational force and (b) incapable
of resisting distortion caused by a force applied to it which is
normally encountered in its working environment (e.g., ductile or resilient* structure).
SEPARABLE-FASTENER*
A securing mechanism including two, separate, dissociable,
mating members having faces which directly or through a separate
linking member (1) contact and interlock (i.e., the movement between
the faces is restricted in the direction force is transmitted thereto
by the structure-to-be-secured*) with each other when fastening either
(a) spaced portions of the structure-to-be-secured* together,
or (b) the structure-to-be-secured* to a supporting member
having a principle function not associated with this class (e.g.,
door, wall) and (2) are intended to be always easily associated
or dissociated from each other either by direct manual force or
by actuation of an operator* attached to one of the members. Both
of the mating members of this mechanism are intended to be attached
to or formed from a section of either the structure-to-be-secured* or
a supporting member therefor and neither of these members is ever
structurally linked to the other by any structure other than the structure-to-be-secured* when
their faces are not in their interlock position. In addition, both
of the members when associated or dissociated do not exceed the
elastic limit, or destroy any portion, or the material forming the faces.
STRUCTURE-TO-BE-SECURED*
Structure having a principle function other than that
normally associated with this class (i.e., not a component of a
Class 24 fastener) which is attached, fastened, gripped, or secured
by a Class 24 fastener, either to itself or to another structure.
SUPPORT-CLAMP(*)
A securing mechanism or element which (1) is attached to
the structure-to-be-secured* for subsequently mounting
it on a rigid* or semirigid* member (e.g., wall,
floor, roof) or article (e.g., pen, vehicle) having an additional and
usually principal function other than normally associated with this
class, and (2) having either (a) a gripping surface which is mounted
to and intended to coact with an opposed gripping surface formed
by the structure-to-be-secured* to engage the opposite
sides of the rigid or semirigid member or article positioned therebetween,
or (b) two coacting members or member segments having gripping surfaces
which engage opposite sides of the rigid* or semirigid* member
or article in a jawlike manner, and (3) having structure which hinders the
movement of the gripping surfaces relative to the member or article
and prevents the separation of the structure-to-be-secured* from
the member or article. The gripping surfaces of the securing mechanism
or element are intended to be always easily moved into and out of
engagement with the rigid* or semirigid* member
or article by either direct manual or tool force thereon or actuation
of an operator* attached to the securing mechanism or element.
In addition, the gripping surfaces of the securing mechanism or
element, when engaging with or disengaging from the rigid* or semirigid* member
or article, do not exceed the elastic limit of or destroy any portion
of the securing mechanism or element. If the mechanism or element
is formed from either a single piece or plural fixedly attached pieces
of rigid* material, then the structural shape of the gripping
surfaces and the outward force of the compressed structure-to-be-secured* provides
the gripping force required above.
TOOLS(*)
An instrument for affecting the operation of a Class
24 fastener usually operated by hand and totally separable from
the fastener after affecting operation.
ZIPPER(*)
A mechanism for either closing an opening in structure-to-be-secured*,
or connecting together separate members of structure to be secured* including
(a) two, opposed, elongated, cooperating, configured surfaces which
are attached to the structure-to-be-secured* by mounting
means and intended to directly contact and interlock with each other
(i.e., the movement between the configured surfaces is restricted
in the direction force is transmitted thereto by the structure-to-be-secured*)
when closing or connecting, and (b) a sliding device which is much
shorter in length than the surfaces and which travels along the
length of the surfaces sequentially contacting and simultaneously
camming against each segments of both surfaces to forcibly shift them
into or out of interlocking engagement, the direction of travel
of the device generally being perpendicular to the shifting motion
of the interlocking configured surfaces.
SUBCLASSES
![[List of Patents for class 24 subclass 1]](../ps.gif) 1 | MISCELLANEOUS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices not otherwise classifiable. |
| | |
| 2 | ALBUM FASTENERS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices specially adapted for the purpose of keeping albums
and other books closed when not in use.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 70, | Locks, appropriate subclasses for similar fastening devices
as in this subclass (2) and their specific details. |
| 292, | Closure Fasteners, appropriate subclasses for similar fastening devices as
in this subclass (2) and their specific details. |
|
| | |
| 2.5 | GUN BAND TYPE: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices comprising bands which hold the barrel of a firearm
to the stock and in addition perform some other function, e.g.,
support a hook and/or one or more loops.
| | (1)
Note. The loops may be utilized for anchoring a gun sling
and/or for gun stacking purpose. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 265, | for strap-end-attaching devices. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 42, | Firearms,
subclass 85 for gun slings. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclass 683 for article carried supports which support the
article when in storage and remain with the article when in use. |
|
| | |
| 3.1 | ARTICLE HOLDER ATTACHABLE TO APPAREL OR BODY: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Device for fastening or holding an article (e.g., pencil,
flower, napkin, spectacle, spectacle case, scissor) which is to
be carried about on clothing, belt, or part of body.
| | (1)
Note. Holder in this subclass is specially adapted for carrying
a specific article. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclasses 299.01 through 675,particularly subclasses 642.02 and 658-659 for ticket-holders. |
| 224, | Package and Article Carriers,
subclasses 101 through 272for carrying devices that are: (1) intended for
personal wear or (2) supported on a person. |
| 242, | Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding,
subclasses 96+ for body supported reel devices wherein many of
the reeled strands are adapted to be connected with, or attached
to, an article (usually some article for personal use or wear) and
subclass 136 for spool-holders attached to the person. |
|
| | |
| 3.11 | Article held by clip with spring (e.g., leaf, coil) member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which the article carrying structure includes
a gripping member and a distinct elastic spring, separate from the
gripping member, to firmly force the gripping members to engage a
garment (e.g., belt, shirt, pants) or hat.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 224, | Package and Article Carriers,
subclass 252 for clip attaching receiver to support means on
bearer. |
|
| | |
| 3.12 | Article held by clip: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which the article carrying structure is an elastic
clamp to grip a garment (e.g., belt, shirt, pants) or hat. |
| | |
| 3.13 | Article held by flexible connector (e.g., chain): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which the article carrying structure is in the
form of a pliable link between the article at one end (e.g, a watch,
pacifier, key ring, ID) and the garment fastening point at the other
end (e.g., a buttonhole, pocket). |
| | |
| 3.2 | Arm or leg carried holder: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which the article carrying structure is located
on the part of the body either between the shoulder and the fingers
or between the hip and the toes. |
| | |
| 3.3 | Eyeglass holder including retaining means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which the article is a frame for holding vision
correction lenses wherein the article carrying structure fastens
to the frame and also has a means to fix said article carrying structure
in the fastening position to the supporting structure. |
| | |
| 3.4 | Neck supported holder: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which the article carrying structure is located
on the part of the body between the head and shoulders. |
| | |
| 3.6 | Key ring holder: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which the article carrying structure is designed
to hold an implement to open a lock.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 70, | Locks,
subclass 459 for key holders combined with other articles. |
|
| | |
| 3.7 | Receptacle type holder: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which the article carrying structure is a small
container designed to hold personal items (e.g., hair pins, cigarettes,
rulers, money).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 3.3, | for eyeglass holder including retaining means. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 224, | Package and Article Carriers,
subclass 163 for carriers mounted on or formed as a part of
a belt buckle and subclass 269 for a clip or hook attaching an article
carrier to support means on a bearer. |
|
| | |
| 3.9 | Open-ended holster type holder: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Device in which the article carrying structure is tubular
shaped and designed to restrain small personal implements within
the perimeter of the shape. |
| | |
| 4 | Chatelaine safety hooks: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Devices which are adapted for holding chatelaine-bags. The
hook is provided with a safety device to prevent loss of the bag.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 224, | Package and Article Carriers,
subclasses 194 , 269, and 660-684 for similar devices where the
purpose of transportation prevails. |
|
| | |
| 5 | Flower: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Devices designed especially to hold flowers in those cases
where the flowers are to be attached to the clothing.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 10, | through 12, for pencil holders. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 47, | Plant Husbandry,
subclass 41.01 for other cut flower or plant holders having moisture
retaining means. See also the notes to that subclass for search
fields for other types of cut flower or plant holders. |
| 132, | Toilet,
subclasses 46+ for such devices to be attached to the hair. |
|
| | |
| 6 | Pin attached: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 5. Devices attached by means of a pin fastening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 12, | for pin attached pencil holders. |
|
| | |
| 7 | Napkin: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Devices containing features which make them specially adapted
for use as napkin-holders. Includes holders which are convertible
into napkin-rings when desired.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits, appropriate subclasses for napkin holders comprising
mere tubular structure. |
| 248, | Supports, appropriate subclasses for napkin holders which
include support structure such as stands, brackets, or supporting
bases. |
|
| | |
| 10 | Pencil: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Devices especially adapted for the purpose of holding pencils
and like articles in pockets, including pencil-holders attached
to the clothing.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 5, | and 6, for flower holders. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclasses 249 and 250 for pockets with article attaching or retaining
features; and subclass 252 for closing attachments. |
| 150, | Purses, Wallets, and Protective Covers,
subclasses 106 , 112-117, and 132-146 for purses and wallets which have
means to hold articles. |
| 401, | Coating Implements With Material Supply,
subclasses 52 , 104-106, and 195 for a patent to the combination
of a writing implement and means to retain it in a garment pocket,
wherein more of the implement structure is claimed than is necessary
to establish the relationship of the retaining means therewith. |
|
| | |
| 11 | Clasp attached: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 10. Pencil-holders which are attached by means of a clasp.
| | (1)
Note. Class 401, Coating Implements With Material Supply,
includes the following subclasses which are loci for patents to
an implement with material supply in which a clasp is associated with
another device: 52, with a pencil, or the like; 104-106, with project-retract mechanism;
and 195, with a tool which applies or spreads fluent coating material. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 30, | Cutlery,
subclass 123 for a pencil attachment including a clasp and a cutter. |
|
| | |
| 12 | Pin attached: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 10. Devices attached by means of a pin-fastening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 6, | for pin attached flower holders. |
|
| | |
| 13 | Pin attached: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Article-Holders which have a pin attachment.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 242, | Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding,
subclass 136 for a strand spool holder and subclasses 371-385
for a spring powered reel of general use. |
|
| | |
| 15 | Sleeve holder (e.g., for inner coat): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 3.1. Devices for holding the inner coat-sleeve while an outer
coat is being put on. This subclass also includes other sleeve-holders
which do not come under the above definition, but are placed there
because they are sleeve-holders nominally. |
| | |
| 16 | BALE AND PACKAGE TIES, HOSE CLAMPS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices especially adapted for bundling papers, bales, packets,
etc., and for clamping hoses, by means of straps, bands or the like.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 115, | for devices for holding the ends of cords or ropes. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 99, | Foods and Beverages: Apparatus,
subclass 350 for bands or binders for cooking food. |
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits,
subclass 99 for similar devices to be used as a patch for a
leaky pipe or hose. |
| 217, | Wooden Receptacles,
subclasses 66 through 68for similar devices adapted for use on wooden boxes
by reason of fastenings, and subclasses 91-95 for barrel hoops.
Barrel hoops consisting of a strip, with means for securing the
ends together, except for tightening the hoop are in this class (24). |
| 410, | Freight Accommodation on Freight Carrier,
subclasses 34 through 41for a wraparound load binder securing a group of
articles to a freight carrier surface; and subclasses 97-100 for
a wraparound similarly securing general freight load units. |
|
| | |
| 17 | Packet holders: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 16. Devices specially adapted for bundling or packing such articles
as sheet-paper, currency, gloves, and the like, but excludes such
as are receptacles. They consist of various arrangements of bands,
straps, cords, and wires in connection with some form of tying or
fastening means. On account of the close similarity in structure
umbrella-ties, trunk strap fastenings, bag-holders, etc., have been
included where the invention is not classifiable as a fastening device
simply.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 30.5, | for bag-fasteners which are peculiarly adapted for
closing bags. |
| 66+, | for devices adapted for holding the edges or ends
of a number of sheets of paper so as to permit writing on same or
reference to individual sheets. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclasses 311 through 322,particularly subclasses 321 and 322 for similar
devices in garment supporters and retainers. |
| 100, | Presses,
subclass 212 for pressing devices not elsewhere provided for which
are supported from the ground or from a material penetrating element and
in which the material is pressed within a bendable filament, strand
or band by contracting it around the material. See the reference
to Class 24 in the class definition of Class 100 for a statement
of the line between the classes. |
| 190, | Trunks and Hand-Carried Luggage,
subclass 27 for combinations of straps suitable for securing
trunks in their closed position or straps attached to the trunks. |
| 229, | Envelopes, Wrappers, and Paperboard Boxes,
subclasses 78.1 and 78.2 for metallic closure fasteners for paper envelopes. |
| 292, | Closure Fasteners,
subclass 325 for seal type strap-end fasteners. |
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclass 137 for similar devices in which a handle or carrying portion
is included. |
|
| | |
| 18 | Cord: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Packet-holders which make use of cord or rope and have a
metallic fastener for holding the ends and which provide for the
cord passing about the package in two directions.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 115, | when the cord-holder is intended for cords which
only pass around the package in one direction. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 292, | Closure Fasteners,
subclass 307 for seals, per se, and subclass 327 for seal bolts. |
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclass 149 for hand-held article carriers having similar structure. |
|
| | |
| 19 | With tighteners: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 16. Devices relating to means for tightening the bundling or
clamping straps or bands.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 12, | for lashing means, including a tightener for securing
a four-wheel vehicle to the freight carrier on which it is shipped. |
| 32, | for tightener fasteners for driving-belts. |
| 38, | in which the load unit is a group of articles. |
| 68, | for strap-tightener fasteners, per se. |
| 100, | in which the load unit is indiscriminate freight
and the lashing means is a wraparound. |
| 103, | for a lashing subcombination to an anchor which,
in this subclass, includes a tightener. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 54, | Harness for Working Animal,
subclass 27 for hame fasteners with a lever. |
| 100, | Presses,
subclass 212 for pressing devices not elsewhere provided for, which
are supported from the ground or from a material penetrating element and
in which the material is pressed within a bendable filament, strand
or band by contracting it around the material. See the reference
to Class 24 in the class definition of Class 100 for a statement
of the line between the classes. |
| 215, | Bottles and Jars,
subclasses 273 through 292for closure fasteners for bottles and jars. |
| 217, | Wooden Receptacles,
subclasses 94 and 95 for barrel hoops with tighteners permanently
a part thereof. |
| 220, | Receptacles,
subclasses 320 and 321 for similar fasteners for metallic receptacle
closures. |
| 254, | Implements or Apparatus for Applying Pushing or
Pulling Force,
subclasses 199 through 263for portable implements or apparatus used to tension
flexible material (e.g., package ties) from which the implement
or apparatus is then detached after the desired amount of tension
is applied. |
| 269, | Work Holders, appropriate subclasses. Class 269 is the residual
locus for patents to a device for clamping, supporting and/or
holding an article (or articles) in position to be operated on or
treated. See notes thereunder for other related loci. |
| 285, | Pipe Joints or Couplings,
subclasses 365+ and 407+ for flanged pipe couplings comprising
band clamps with means to draw pipe ends together. |
| 292, | Closure Fasteners, appropriate subclasses for other closure fasteners. |
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclass 150 for hand-held article carriers having an article-retaining
strap and a strap tightener. |
| 301, | Land Vehicles: Wheels and Axles,
subclasses 87+ for nonresilient tires which include a tightener
fastener. |
| 410, | Freight Accommodation on Freight Carrier, for a tightener used with means (e.g., wraparound
means) lashing a load unit to a freight carrier, the following subclasses
being particularly relevant: |
|
| | |
| 20 | Metal bands: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 16. Devices in which the tie is a metallic band, and the connection
is made by means of some integral part of the band, either by bending,
cutting, or forming up a portion of the same. Devices are also included
where the invention is the band itself.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 100, | Presses,
subclass 212 for pressing devices not elsewhere provided for, which
are supported from the ground or from a material penetrating element and
in which the material is pressed within a bendable filament, strand
or band by contracting it around the material. See the reference
to Class 24 in the class definition of Class 100 for a statement
of the line between the classes. |
|
| | |
| 22 | One piece: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 21. Devices where the separate connection is made of one piece. |
| | |
| 25 | Wedging parts: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 21. Devices where wedges or rolls are used to clamp the band
in the connection. |
| | |
| 26 | Wire: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 21. Devices where the connection is made of wire. |
| | |
| 27 | Wire: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 16. Devices composed of wire, having the ends so made or formed
as to be capable of fastening without other parts. |
| | |
| 29 | Wire: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 28. Devices where the separate connection is also of wire. |
| | |
| 30 | Wooden bands: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 16. Devices where the tie is made of wood and is usually used
as a barrel-hoop. Some are made with a separate metallic connecting
part. |
| | |
| 30.5 | BAG FASTENERS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices fastening around the neck of a bag for holding the
same closed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 383, | Flexible Bags,
subclasses 42 through 99for a fastener combined with a bag. |
|
| | |
| 31 | BELT FASTENERS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices specially adapted for connecting together the ends
of driving-belts.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 123+, | for couplings or fasteners for round belts or ropes. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 428, | Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, appropriate subclasses for a stock material product
in the form of a single or plural layer web or sheet. |
| 474, | Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components, particularly
subclasses 218 and 253-258 for belt connectors in combination
with power transmission belts to form an endless loop by connecting
opposite ends of a band. |
|
| | |
| 32 | Tighteners: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Devices where the additional function permits adjustment
at any time when the belt is too loose or too tight.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 69, | Leather Manufactures,
subclass 1.5 for devices wherein initial stretch is taken out
of the belt. |
| 254, | Implements or Apparatus for Applying Pushing or
Pulling Force,
subclass 199 for portable implements or apparatus used to tension
flexible material from which the implement or apparatus is then
detached after the desired amount of tension is applied. |
|
| | |
| 33 | Hinged: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Devices hinged so as to facilitate its passage over a pulley. |
| | |
| 34 | Lacing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Devices for lacing belts by means of flexible laces.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 39, | for wire lacing. |
| 712, | through 715.7, for a laced-fastener*. |
|
| | |
| 35 | One piece: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Belt-fasteners which are made of a single integral piece
for the entire connection or joint. |
| | |
| 36 | Deflecting prong: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 35. Devices including one-piece connections in which prongs
are passed through the belt and are then bent or turned over to
complete the fastening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 31, | for rivet-fastenings. |
| 94, | through 96, for deflecting-prong button fastenings. |
|
| | |
| 38 | Splices: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Devices where the belt ends are cut in various ways and
spliced together to make the connection. |
| | |
| 39 | Wire: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Devices made of wire. This subclass includes wire-lacing
devices.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 123, | for round belts or driving-ropes. |
| 712, | through 715.7, for a laced fastener*. |
|
| | |
| 40 | BUTTONERS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices for drawing a button into engagement with a buttonhole,
used principally on gloves shoes, corsets, collars, and cuffs.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 132, | Toilet,
subclasses 79+ for toilet kits which may include a shoe buttoner combined
with other toilet devices. |
|
| | |
| 41.1 | CUFF HOLDER: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Device specially adapted for the purpose of holding a separate
wrist encircling cuff to a sleeve.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 97, | through 100 and 102, for cuff links which close a wrist encircling
cuff. |
| 455, | through 571, for clasps. |
| 572+, | for separable fasteners. |
|
| | |
| 42 | Adjustable: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 41.1. Cuff-holders in which adjustment of the cuff is obtained
by means of a special provision in the device. |
| | |
| 48 | Pin fastener: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 41.1. Cuff holders having a pin-fastening at one end and any form
of attachment at the other end.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 46, | for clasp-pin cuff holders. |
| 47, | for pin-button cuff holders. |
| 356, | through 368 and 706-711.5, for other pin fasteners. |
|
| | |
| 49.1 | NECKTIE FASTENER: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Device specially adapted for properly holding a necktie
on a garment for the upper part of the body.
| | (1)
Note. Devices for engaging the fabric of the necktie band
itself are included. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclasses 145 and 156 for any device, even in combination with a
fastener, which is necessary or requisite in the formation of the
tie, and subclass 157 for devices which consist of a tip on the
band and designed to lock in some part of the necktie after having
been adjusted. |
|
| | |
| 50 | Bands: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Devices specially adapted for fastening the band of a necktie,
either to prevent the same from riding up on the collar or for the
purpose of connecting the ends of the bands together.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 157 for special forms of band-tips used in connection with
a device on the necktie itself for fastening the same. |
|
| | |
| 51 | End-securing pin: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 50. Devices to hold the band after being drawn up to its proper
position about the collar. |
| | |
| 53 | Depressors: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 50. Devices which are specially designed to prevent the necktie
band from riding up over the collar.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 62, | for collar buttons with a necktie clasp. |
|
| | |
| 57 | Adjustable: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 56. Devices including means for adjusting the position of the
necktie. |
| | |
| 58 | Cord loop: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 56. Devices comprising a cord loop engaging the collar-button. |
| | |
| 60 | Pin attached: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 56. Devices which have some form of pin-fastening to engage
the necktie.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 56, | for those devices which include mere wire attachment
or those in which the prongs are bent over to permanently fasten
the device. |
|
| | |
| 63 | Pin attached: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 61. Devices including a pin-fastener attached to the collar-button
for holding the necktie in place. |
| | |
| 64 | Separable fastener: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 61. Devices in which some form of separable fastener is used
to connect the collar button to the necktie attachment. |
| | |
| 66.11 | Ornamental: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Device in which the necktie holder comprises a component
designed for a pleasing and attractive appearance. |
| | |
| 66.13 | Resilient clasp: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Device in which the necktie holder comprises elastic gripping
members biased together by their own resilience. |
| | |
| 66.8 | With pivotal jaws having spring means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Device in which the necktie holder comprises at least one
pair of gripping members hingedly secured to each other upon an
axis and a distinct means for resiliently biasing the two members
into a clamping position. |
| | |
| 66.9 | Slider: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 49.1. Device in which the necktie holder comprises a generally
tubular shaped portion which is configured to surround the necktie. |
| | |
| 67 | PAPER FASTENER: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Device including means to clamp or adhere a sheet-like body
to a base or to a second sheet-like body.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 455, | through 571, for clasps*, clips* or support-clamps*. |
| 706, | through 711.5, for paper pin-fasteners. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclasses 388 through 405for a hinge-mounted file item and subclasses 530-537
for a hinge-mounted display item (e.g., sheet, etc.). |
| 211, | Supports: Racks, appropriate subclasses for built-up open structures (e.g.,
racks, frames, etc.), including sheet holding means. |
| 225, | Severing by Tearing or Breaking,
subclasses 27 through 31for a severing device of this class in combination with
clamp holding means for securing a pad, a book or a stack of individual
sheets, which sheets are severed (e.g., ripped, torn, broken, etc.),
by manually forcing a portion of the sheet against a fixed edge
of the severing device. |
| 281, | Books, Strips, and Leaves,
subclasses 45 through 50for a book or leaf holder of that class. |
| 312, | Supports: Cabinet Structure, appropriate subclasses for a cabin of that class including
sheet holding means (e.g., clamp, follower, etc.), disposed therein.
(See especially
subclasses 183 -193.4). |
| 402, | Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or
Notch of Sheet, appropriate subclasses for a device including a sheet
retainer which passes through a sheet opening and releasably secures such
sheet. |
|
| | |
| 67.1 | With screw threaded or notch engaging securing means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 67. Device wherein the clamping action of the clamp means is
accomplished by means in the form of (1) a series of discreat recesses
or (2) a continuous helical groove.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 402, | Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or
Notch of Sheet,
subclasses 46 through 56for sheet retainers which may include notched or
threaded securing means. |
|
| | |
| 67.3 | Resiliently biased: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 67. Device wherein the clamping action of the clamp means is
accomplished by spring-like elastic means.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 67, | for a fastener of a readily deformable material
which is bent to engage and secure the paper. |
| 67.1, | for a resiliently biased fastener including a screw-threaded
or notched securing means. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 402, | Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or
Notch of Sheet,
subclasses 70 through 72for a similar device wherein that portion of the
fastener engaging the sheet includes means (e.g., teeth, etc.),
which penetrate the sheet. |
|
| | |
| 68 | STRAP TIGHTENERS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices usually used in place of buckles on shoes, gloves,
corsets, belts, etc. The distinction from other forms of fastenings
lies in the drawing-up or strap-tightening feature of the device.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 36, | Boots, Shoes, and Leggings,
subclasses 64 and 65 for this device with detachable antislipping
means for shoes, boots, etc. |
| 54, | Harness for Working Animal,
subclass 27 for this device in combination with a harness hame. |
| 152, | Resilient Tires and Wheels,
subclasses 241 and 242 for tighteners in combination with resilient
tire antiskid devices. |
| 254, | Implements or Apparatus for Applying Pushing or
Pulling Force,
subclasses 199 through 263for portable implements or apparatus used to tension
flexible material (e.g., straps) from which the implement or apparatus
is then detached after the desired amount of tension is applied. |
| 292, | Closure Fasteners,
subclass 246 for bolts in the form of swinging loops, bails
or open links. |
|
| | |
| 69 | Cam lever and loop: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Devices comprising levers, usually pivoted, which pass through
a loop and are turned down, the parts being drawn together by this movement. |
| | |
| 71.1 | Midline: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Devices adapted to be attached to a wire or other line at
a point in its length and to take up slack, remaining a permanent
part of the line. Combinations of said device with tools for use particularly
therewith are here.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 115, | for mere cord and rope adjusters not having a drawing
up or tightening feature. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 211, | Supports: Racks,
subclass 119.15 for midline tighteners combined with clothesline
props. |
| 242, | Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding,
subclasses 388.1 through 388.5for a reeling device adapted to grip a midportion
of an elongated material which may include a midline tightener. |
| 267, | Spring Devices,
subclasses 69 through 74for midline tighteners in the form of mere spring
devices. |
|
| | |
| 72.1 | TROUSER GUARDS, CLIPS, STRAPS (E.G., ABOVE SHOETOPS): |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Device specially adapted for binding or holding to the lower
leg of the user the lowest portion of a garment that extends from
the waist to the shoetops.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 530, | through 569, for circular resilient clasps*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclasses 47 , 222, and 232 for the combination of a fastener
and a garment. |
| 36, | Boots, Shoes, and Leggings,
subclasses 56 and 70 for the combination of a device and boots,
shoes, etc. |
|
| | |
| 72.5 | BEDCLOTHES HOLDERS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices specially adapted for holding bedclothes in position.
| | (1)
Note. See the search notes to this subclass located under
subclass 455 for the classification line maintained between this
subclass and subclasses 455-571 during the reclassification of the
clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* art.
No attempt was made to transfer patents not conforming to this line
from the bedclothes holder subclass to the clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* subclasses during the reclassification
of the clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* art. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 5, | Beds,
subclasses 494 and 498 for devices accessory to a bed for holding bedclothes
in close position over the sleeper or for holding such clothes closely
to the bed when up-ended. |
|
| | |
| 72.7 | T-HEAD NONGRIPPING, FABRIC ENGAGING TYPE: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices comprising nongripping type fasteners for use with
frames or other apparatus in the stretching of a fabric, hide, or
other sheet material, having (1) a leading end (e.g., a rigid arm
or flexible strand) adapted to pass through an opening in the material
sheet, and (2) a trailing end (the cross-bar of the T) which trailing end
is too large to pass through the opening so that when the leading
end is tensioned, the cross-bar exerts a pull on the sheet material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 41.1, | for cuff holders. |
| 67, | for paper fasteners. |
| 90.1, | through 114.12, especially subclass 102 for buttons. |
| 115, | for cord and rope holders. |
| 230.5, | for hooks. |
| 265, | for strap-end-attaching devices. |
| 435, | for an independent, headed, aperture-pass-through
fastener. |
| 573+, | for a three part separable-fastener*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 16, | Miscellaneous Hardware (e.g., Bushing, Carpet
Fastener, Caster, Door Closer, Panel Hanger, Attachable or Adjunct
Handle, Hinge, Window Sash Balance, etc.),
subclasses 4 through 17for stretching type carpet fasteners. |
| 38, | Textiles: Ironing or Smoothing,
subclasses 102 through 102.91for textile sheet stretching and spreading apparatus;
e.g., subclasses 102.1-102.91 for a stretching frame. |
| 69, | Leather Manufactures,
subclass 1.5 for leather, canvas or other belt stretching apparatus
and subclasses 19.1-19.3 for a skin or hide stretcher. |
| 118, | Coating Apparatus,
subclass 33 for coating apparatus combined with stretching
means. |
| 140, | Wireworking,
subclasses 108 through 110for wire fabric stretching apparatus and subclasses
123.5 and 123.6 for wire stretching implements. |
| 160, | Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclasses 328 and 329 for means to engage opposite edges of a
fabric panel to mount and stretch the same, and subclasses 372-376
and 378 for fabric panels mounted in frames having fabric stretching
features. |
|
| | |
| 89 | INTERCHANGEABLE BUTTON LOOP AND PIN: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices provided with button-engaging parts and also with
a pin-fastening, the pin-fastening being designed to be used when
the other fastening gives out for any reason. |
| | |
| 90.1 | BUTTON WITH FASTENER: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Device comprising a disk-shaped body and the various means
for attaching the body onto a supporting substrate (e.g., a garment).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 111, | for buttons with separate thread bars. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclass 315 for a button carrying indicia. |
| 428, | Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles,
subclass 3 for ornamental features on buttons. |
|
| | |
| 90.5 | Loss-preventing devices: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Buttons having devices additional to the conventional parts
of a button for guarding against unbuttoning and devices peculiar
to that use. |
| | |
| 91 | Adjustable: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Buttons usually used as collar-buttons in which there is
some means for adjusting the button. |
| | |
| 95 | Anvil or plate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 94. Devices provided with a part which deflects the prongs by
contact and pressure thus doing away with riveting tools. |
| | |
| 96 | Integral: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 94. Devices where the prongs or rivets are a part of the button
or are firmly attached and are pushed through the material, being
clenched on the opposite side. Those using washers are also included
if they have no part in deflecting the prongs.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 146, | for hook-stud lacing devices. |
|
| | |
| 97 | Hinged leaf: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Devices where the button is of the type in which movable
leaves permit the easy insertion of the button in the buttonhole,
after which the leaves prevent the withdrawal of the button.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 609, | through 611, for separable-fastener* projection having
pivotally connected components. |
|
| | |
| 99 | Double: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 97. Devices having two hinged leaves. It does not include those
in which there is one hinged leaf and one rigid leaf, these being
found in subclass 97. |
| | |
| 100 | Sliding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 97. Devices where there is a sliding movement of the leaf. It
includes those in which there is a combined pivoted and sliding
movement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 100.5, | for sliding bar type buttons and fasteners. |
|
| | |
| 100.5 | Sliding bar: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Buttons having a transversely sliding member which is retracted
for the purpose of removing the button.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 100, | for sliding hinged leaf type. |
|
| | |
| 101 | Integral or rigid stud: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Buttons of the collar or cuff button type which are either
made of one piece or are so built up as to be a rigid button when
complete, and thus equivalent to an integral button.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 90.1, | for other one-piece buttons, such as those which
are to be sewed on. for button pads. |
| 713.9, | through 714.5, for a hook shaped lace directing means. |
|
| | |
| 102 | Link: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Buttons with two heads, adapted for use on cuffs, mattress
tufting, and similar uses.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 5, | Beds,
subclasses 408 and 696 for tufted mattresses and cushions. |
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclasses 91 through 91.8for upholstery making. |
|
| | |
| 103 | Pin attached: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Buttons, badges, etc., which are attached to the garment
by means of a pin, provide the invention lies in the pin fastening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 63, | for collar button type. |
|
| | |
| 104 | Separable: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Buttons of the type in which two parts are adapted to be
joined together or separated at will.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 64, | for separable fasteners in necktie-collar button
combinations. |
| 572+, | for other separable fasteners. |
|
| | |
| 105 | Screw: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 104. Devices where one part is screwed into another part. |
| | |
| 109 | Rotating head: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Devices where the head is rotated to connect or disconnect
the two members.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 590+, | for head and socket type fasteners with rotating
head. |
|
| | |
| 110 | With operating devices: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Devices where the two parts are sprung together, and there
is some independent device which must be operated to release the
parts. |
| | |
| 113 | Covers: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Devices relating to the cover of the button or in the mode
of applying the same. Usually the idea is to permit the use of various
covers as occasion arises.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclass 315 for devices to be applied to buttons carrying indicia
such as conductor, motorman, etc. |
| 63, | Jewelry,
subclasses 26 through 31for devices for attaching stones or like ornaments,
even though to a button, and the devices are not peculiar to buttons. |
|
| | |
| 114 | Pads: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Devices with protecting-pads so attached to the buttons
that metallic contact with the skin is prevented. |
| | |
| 114.1 | Flexible button: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device in which the disk-shaped body is made of an elastic
material to permit the body to flex so as to pass through a buttonhole. |
| | |
| 114.11 | For cuff or collar: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device in which the disk-shaped body is designed to secure
either a wrist encircling portion or a neck encircling band of a
shirt. |
| | |
| 114.2 | Swivel button: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device in which the disk-shaped body comprises a peripheral
portion which can be freely revolved on a central supporting structure when
attached to the garment. |
| | |
| 114.3 | Tufting type: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device in which the disk-shaped body is for upholstery.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 5, | Beds,
subclass 696 for an uphostered mattress or cushion which has
tufting. |
|
| | |
| 114.5 | STRAP CABLE OR PIPE BUTTON: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices forming a part of or in the nature of an attachment
to strap, chain, cable, pipe or the like, constituting an enlargement
thereof and designed for use as a trip or obstacle to the free passage
of said strap, chain, cable or pipe through other members.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 59, | Chain, Staple, and Horseshoe Making,
subclass 93 for chain attachments. |
| 175, | Boring or Penetrating the Earth, particularly
subclass 422 for a clasp (e.g., a well slip assembly) which
separately travels with an earth boring shaft or which cooperates
with specifically shaped well structure which stops or actuates
the clasp. |
|
| | |
| 114.8 | Eye shank type button: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 90.1. Device in which the disk-shaped body comprises a shaft portion
extending from a rear face of the body and turning into a loop to receive
the attachment means. |
| | |
| 115 | CORD AND ROPE HOLDERS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices for gripping and holding cord, rope, wire, and,
in some cases, chain, when the device is analogous. Devices for
holding or gripping the end of a strap or band, but which are not
properly buckles, have been placed in Rope-holders. These devices
are usually as well adapted for rope as for bands and are more commonly
used as hitching-strap holders.
| | (1)
Note. See the search notes to this subclass located under
subclasses 455 and 572, respectively, for the classification lines
maintained between this subclass (and its indented subclasses) and
subclasses 455-571 and 572+ during the reclassification
of the clasp* and separable-fastener* art. No
attempt was made to transfer patents not conforming to these lines
from the cord and rope holder subclasses to the clasp* or
separable-fastener* subclasses during the reclassification
of the clasp* and separable-fastener* art. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 18, | for packet holders. |
| 455, | through 571, for a cord or rope engaging fastener which is a
component of a clasp* and holds one portion of a cord or
rope relative to another portion of a cord or rope where the cord
or rope is utilized as an encircling griping surface and does not
have another principal function (i.e., it is not the structure-to-be-secured* since
it lacks principle utility outside this class). |
| 572+, | for a separable-fastener component* located
on the end of a cord or rope which does not utilize any of the characteristics
of the cord or rope in the fastening operation (i.e., its ability
to bend) and for cord or rope engaging structure which is a component
of a separable-fastener* wherein the cord or rope has no
other disclosed utility other than use in a separable-fastener* (i.e.,
it is not a structure-to-be-secured* since it lacks principle
utility outside this class). |
| 712.1, | through 712.9, for a device for holding a drawn portion of lacing. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 16, | Miscellaneous Hardware (e.g., Bushing, Carpet
Fastener, Caster, Door Closer, Panel Hanger, Attachable or Adjunct
Handle, Hinge, Window Sash Balance, etc.),
subclasses 202 through 209for devices for anchoring the ends of sash cords. |
| 104, | Railways,
subclasses 202 through 239for cable-grippers analogous in some respects to
cord and rope holders. |
| 114, | Ships,
subclasses 199 and 218 for devices analogous to cord and rope holders,
but specially adapted for ship use. |
| 182, | Fire Escape, Ladder, or Scaffold,
subclasses 5 through 7for a strand engaging device with torso harness. |
| 188, | Brakes,
subclasses 65.1 through 65.5for strand brakes for those devices in which a
pulley by its peculiar construction acts as the rope grip and also those
in which a clamping part cooperates with a pulley to grip the rope, but
where a mere guide bar or pulley is included as an independent element or
where any form of pivoted cam is found it is not considered to be
a pulley, and the patents are classified in this subclass. |
| 211, | Supports: Racks,
subclasses 119.01 through 119.18for rope holders combined with flexible clotheslines trained
between isolated supports. |
| 212, | Traversing Hoists,
subclasses 106 through 109for rope-holders which coact with a button or the
like on the rope, and 110-114 for devices which grip the rope to
hold it. |
| 242, | Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding,
subclasses 388.1 through 388.5and 398-406 for a reeling device of general use
and subclass 125 for a device for holding a thread. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclass 32 for cord retainers for suspended pictures, subclasses 49-74.5
for pipe or cable clamps combined with their supports or limited
by structure to use for supporting a pipe or cable and subclass
353 for rope holders combined with clothesline props. |
| 251, | Valves and Valve Actuation,
subclasses 4 through 10for similar structures in tube compressors for
controlling fluid flow. |
| 254, | Implements or Apparatus for Applying Pushing or
Pulling Force,
subclass 408 for cable guides designed to grip the cable between
the pulley and its support. |
| 269, | Work Holders, appropriate subclasses. Class 269 is the residual
locus for patents to a device for clamping, supporting and/or
holding an article (or articles) in position to be operated on or
treated. See notes thereunder for other related loci. |
| 383, | Flexible Bags,
subclasses 71 through 77for a bag closure or cord. |
| 410, | Freight Accommodation on Freight Carrier,
subclasses 101 through 116for an anchor to secure an end of a load lashing
member to a freight carrying vehicle so that the remainder of the
member may be used to lash a freight load unit to the vehicle. |
|
| | |
| 116 | Chain: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices similar to cord-holders but in which a chain is
held instead of a cord.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 59, | Chain, Staple, and Horseshoe Making,
subclass 93 for various devices attached at or intermediate
the ends of the chain and becoming a part of and being used in connection
with the chain, and see the notes thereto. |
|
| | |
| 122.3 | Sheathed strand: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices specially designed for gripping or holding a sheathed
strand, i.e., a cord, rope or other flexible strand which is enclosed
in a tubular covering therefor.
| | (1)
Note. The term "covering" as herein used,
includes, for example, coatings of fibrous, plastic, or other material,
and also armors or sheaths formed of wires concentrically arranged
about a central core-strand. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 122.6, | for cord or rope holders specialized for gripping
or holding plural-strand cords or ropes other than those of the armored
or central core type. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 74 through 94for connector and terminal devices for armored
sheathed, or insulated electrical conductors. |
| 439, | Electrical Connectors, appropriate subclasses for electrical connectors, per
se, having in many instances structure similar to that provided
for in Class 24 and often specially designed to grip or hold a sheathed conductive
strand, cable, or wire; and see the class definition of that class (439),
for the line between Classes 24 and 439. |
|
| | |
| 122.6 | Plural-strand cord or rope: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices specialized for gripping or holding cords or ropes
which are formed from a plurality of strands twisted together or
otherwise assembled into a unitary structure. These devices are
characterized by having a structure or mode of operation (a) which
requires or causes the separation (as by untwisting, bending back,
etc.) of the individual strands of the cord, rope, or cable, or
(b) in which individual strands of a cord, rope, or cable are separately gripped
or held.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 122.3, | for similar devices when some of the strands of
the cord, rope, or cable are arranged to form an armor or covering for
a central core. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 74 through 90for connectors and terminal devices for plural-strand
electrical conductors. |
| 439, | Electrical Connectors, appropriate subclasses for electrical connectors, per
se, having in many instances structure similar to that provided
for in Class 24 and often specially designed to grip or hold a plural-strand
conductive cable, or wire, and see the class definition of that
class (439), section IV for the line between Classes 24 and 439. |
|
| | |
| 127 | Friction disk: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices wherein the cord or rope is wound around a central
portion and is held by a disk, which frictionally engages the cord.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 712.9, | for a device which holds a drawn portion of lacing
by either winding it about or wedging it in the device. |
|
| | |
| 128 | Knot engaging: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices wherein the cord is knotted at suitable points and
the holding device is designed to make use of the knots to hold
the cord after tightening. |
| | |
| 129 | One-piece: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices in which only one integral piece is used.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 174 and 175 for similar electrical cord holders. |
| 188, | Brakes,
subclasses 65.1 through 65.5for strand-type brakes having similar holders. |
|
| | |
| 130 | Wedge slot: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 129. Devices wherein a V-shaped slot catches the cord or rope
when properly positioned. |
| | |
| 132 | Pivoted part: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices wherein a pivoted part enters into the construction
of the rope-gripping device.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 712.6, | for a device having a pivoted part for engaging
and holding a drawn portion of lacing. |
|
| | |
| 133 | Lever tension: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 132. Devices wherein an extra lever or arm projects from this
device, and the rope passing over the same by its tension forces
the pivoted part into closer engagement with the rope. |
| | |
| 134 | Cam lever: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 132. Devices wherein the pivoted part is so constructed that
tension on the rope pulls the pivoted part more tightly into the
rope, the pivoted part being either cam-shaped or equivalent thereto
in its action.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 188, | Brakes,
subclass 65.1 for similar structure in brake combinations. |
|
| | |
| 135 | Screw clamp: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices wherein the gripping is caused by turning a screw
or bolt either in a nut or a part of the device itself.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 125, | for screw clamp couplings. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 169 through 171for insulators with similar structure. |
| 188, | Brakes,
subclass 65.1 for similar structure in brake combinations. |
| 439, | Electrical Connectors,
subclasses 778 through 782,784, 785, 791-795, 797, 798, and 801-815 for an
uninsulated electrical connector having a screw-threaded operated
securing part. |
|
| | |
| 136 | Sliding part or wedge: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 115. Devices wherein a sliding movement is used in clamping the
cord. It includes wedges which slide and like devices.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 126, | 171, and 194, for other fasteners having a sliding
wedge. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 188, | Brakes,
subclasses 65.1 through 65.5for similar structure in brake combinations. |
| 227, | Elongated-Member-Driving Apparatus,
subclass 29 for similar structure in fire escape combinations. |
|
| | |
| 163 | BUCKLES: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices which are designed for the purpose of adjusting
as well as holding straps, bands, and similar articles. Some forms
of buckles are closely related to clasps in structure, but are always
distinguished in having provision for the band passing through the structure,
so that it may be pulled tight for the purpose of adjustment, a
clasp being only suitable for gripping the end or edge of the material
or band.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 16, | for bale ties. |
| 115, | for devices which resemble buckles, but are more
closely related to cord and rope holders in structure as well as
use. The more common use of these devices is as hitching-strap holders. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclasses 321 , 322, and 333 for buckle type fastening devices
in combination with a garment supporter. |
| D2, | Apparel and Haberdashery,
subclasses 405+ for designs for apparel buckles. |
|
| | |
| 164 | Harness: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Buckles peculiarly adapted for use in harness constructions
or with leather straps.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 54, | Harness for Working Animal,
subclasses 28 , 50, 54, and 55 for combined buckles and hooks,
and subclass 74 for rein holds. |
|
| | |
| 165 | Combined buckles and snap hooks: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices in which a buckle and snap-hook are combined in
the same structure, sometimes with a working connection between
the buckle-tongue and the snap-hook closure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 54, | Harness for Working Animal,
subclasses 51 and 55 for similar structure in harness combinations. |
|
| | |
| 166 | Lock: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices with independent means to prevent the tongue of
the buckle from disengaging. |
| | |
| 167 | Key: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 166. Devices wherein the means which locks the tongue is operated
by means of a key.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 70, | Locks, appropriate subclasses for specific lock structure,
per se. |
|
| | |
| 168 | Clamping: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices in which the strap is held by clamping solely, without
any penetrating tongue or stud. |
| | |
| 169 | One-piece: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 168. Devices made of a single integral part.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 198, | for one piece buckles. |
|
| | |
| 170 | Pivoted part or lever: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 168. Devices in which the clamping is done by a jaw attached
to a pivoted lever usually hand-operated, but includes strap-tightened
jaws.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 191, | through 193, for other pivoted lever buckles. |
|
| | |
| 171 | Sliding part or wedge: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 168. Devices in which the gripping of the strap is accomplished
by means of a sliding part, commonly a wedge, wedge-like in action.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 25, | and 194, for other fasteners having a sliding part. |
|
| | |
| 172 | Cross bails: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices including two frames or bails, both of which form
loops entirely inclosing the straps and so interlaced that a tension
on the strap throws the bails into such a position as to more tightly
grip the same. Studs or tongues are sometimes used in connection
with the clamping action. This subclass contains those which depend
entirely on the clamping action. |
| | |
| 173 | Pivoted stud plate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 172. Devices including a pivoted plate with a penetrating stud
attached to one of the frames to further assist in holding the straps. |
| | |
| 175 | Guarded: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices having a penetrating tongue which is protected by
some device, so as to prevent the point from engaging or catching. |
| | |
| 176 | One-piece: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices having a penetrating tongue and which the frame
and stud are in one integral piece.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 186, | through 190, for one piece buckles with a penetrating prong. |
|
| | |
| 178 | Pivoted: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices having a penetrating tongue pivoted to the frame.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 188, | and 189, for buckles with a pivoted penetrating
prong. |
|
| | |
| 179 | Lever actuated: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 178. Devices wherein a lever is attached to the pivoted tongue
for withdrawing the tongue from engagement with the strap without
first loosening the buckle. |
| | |
| 180 | Stud: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 178. Devices wherein a pivoted stud is used instead of a tongue,
the distinction being that a stud passes vertically through the
strap and has no support on the frame, as is the case with a tongue-buckle. |
| | |
| 181 | Sliding part or wedge: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices in which the gripping of the strap is accomplished
by means of a sliding part, usually wedge-like, and there is a penetrating tongue
or stud to further assist in holding the strap.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 194, | through 196, for other buckles having a sliding part. |
|
| | |
| 182 | Strap loops and attaching devices: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices for holding the strap end after buckling and means
for attaching the same to a fabric, otherwise called "billet-loops".
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 54, | Harness for Working Animal,
subclasses 28 and 32 for similar structure in harness combinations. |
|
| | |
| 183 | Loop shields: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Devices attached to buckles for preventing wear on the strap,
being so designed that the attaching device engages with the metal
of the buckle and not on the strap.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 54, | Harness for Working Animal,
subclass 28 for similar structure in harness combinations. |
|
| | |
| 184 | Garment shielded: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Buckles which are so constructed that no metal part of the
buckle will come in contact with the garment underneath. |
| | |
| 185 | Hook attached: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Buckles in which a pressure-bar clamps the band and has
at the same time a projection which guards the hook, usually used
as a suspender-buckle. |
| | |
| 186 | One-piece: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Devices in which prongs are the means of holding the strap
or band, and which are in one integral piece.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 176, | for one piece buckles with penetrating tongues. |
|
| | |
| 188 | Pivoted: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Devices in which the buckle-frame and a penetrating prong
are pivoted together.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 178, | through 180, for buckles with pivoted penetrating prongs. |
|
| | |
| 190 | Slide: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Devices wherein the frame and a penetrating prong part are
adapted to slide on each other to cause engagement. |
| | |
| 191 | Pivoted lever: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Devices wherein a lever pivoted to the buckle-frame serves
as the clamping means. It may be either hand-operated or it may
have the band attached to it. The gripping-jaws may be toothed or
smooth.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 78, | and 170, for other pivoted lever buckles. |
|
| | |
| 194 | Sliding part of wedge: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Buckles which have a sliding part which serves to clamp
the fabric either wedge-like or by pressing a toothed jaw into the
same. Includes devices in which a separate part engages the two
jaws and is moved back and forth to operate the same.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 171, | and 181, for similar structure in harness buckles. |
|
| | |
| 196 | Looped strap: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 194. Devices wherein the sliding part passes through a looped
strap and is drawn down to clamp the fabric. |
| | |
| 197 | Looped strap: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Devices wherein the clamping of the strap or band is accomplished
by means of looping or doubling the band on itself, the two portions
of the band being pressed into contact in such a manner as to grip
and hold.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 193, | 196, and 200, for other "looped strap" buckles. |
|
| | |
| 198 | One-piece: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Buckles composed of one piece of metal.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 169, | 176, and 186, for other one piece buckles. |
|
| | |
| 265 | STRAP-END-ATTACHING DEVICES: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices for attaching the strap or band to buckles, clasps,
snap-hooks, and like articles, including permanent attaching means,
and also those temporary attachments which are not properly buckles
or any other recognized form of fastening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 2.5, | for gun band type devices combined with strap-end-attaching
devices. |
| 715.4, | through 715.7, for means to cover the tip of lacing. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 16, | Miscellaneous Hardware (e.g., Bushing, Carpet
Fastener, Caster, Door Closer, Panel Hanger, Attachable or Adjunct
Handle, Hinge, Window Sash Balance, etc.),
subclasses 108 and 109 for ferrules, rings and thimbles. |
|
| | |
| 267 | PIVOTED EDGE STAYS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Devices which consist of two parts or jaws pivoted at one
end and having some means for locking the jaws when in a closed position.
They are commonly used on gloves, shoes, and dress-plackets and
take the place of other fastenings.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 218 for similar structure in placket closures. |
|
| | |
| 268 | Wedge: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Devices wherein the tightener comprises a wedge. |
| | |
| 269 | Winder: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Devices wherein the tightening is accomplished by winding
a portion of the strap on winder means, which remains with the tie. |
| | |
| 271 | Adjustable girth: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 270. Devices with means providing for variations in the circumference
of the objects to be clamped. |
| | |
| 272 | Rack bar: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 271. Devices in which the fastener connection includes a rack
bar and means coacting therewith. |
| | |
| 273 | Lever: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Devices in which the tightening is accomplished by lever
means and may include separate lever locking means to retain the
lever in tightening position.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 270, | for similar devices with self-locking lever means
having auxiliary locking devices. |
|
| | |
| 274 | Worm and tooth: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Devices wherein worm gear means on the tightener co-acts
with a strap portion provided with teeth. |
| | |
| 275 | Integral thread: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Devices in which a means on the fastener portion engages
a thread on the integral free end portion of the strap or band. |
| | |
| 278 | Radial screw: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Devices in which a radial screw, with respect to the axis
of the strap or band, engages means to effect tightening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 275, | through 277, for screws on the integral free end portions of
the straps. |
|
| | |
| 279 | Tangential screw: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Devices in which a tangential screw, with respect to the
axis of the strap, engages means to effect tightening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 275, | through 277, for screws which are integral end portions of the
straps. |
|
| | |
| 280 | Adjustable girth: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 279. Devices having girth adjustment afforded by the connection
between the tie and the fastener. The fastener may be wholly or
partially separable from the tie.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 284, | in which the tie itself has features which provide
for girth adjustment. |
|
| | |
| 283 | Wire: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 279. Devices which are constructed of wire.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 27, | through 29, for ties constructed of wire where the tightening
is by a separate tool. |
| 270, | through 272, for wire ties having a dead center or snap action. |
|
| | |
| 284 | Plural separable parts: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 279. Devices with straps comprising separable parts and which
may also provide adjustment of the strap solely by strap features. |
| | |
| 285 | Pivotal strap parts: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 279. Devices wherein the strap is comprised of pivoted parts.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 284, | for straps of separable pivoted parts. |
|
| | |
| 286 | Plural wrap: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 279. Devices which have straps modified to permit winding plural
wraps with the ends of the strap aligned to accept the fastener
means. |
| | |
| 287 | FREIGHT CONTAINER TO FREIGHT CONTAINER FASTENER: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter drawn to fasteners specifically adapted for
securing freight-container structures together.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 206, | Special Receptacle or Package,
subclass 159 for portable segregating containers for plural
cylindrical-type receptacles provided with a clip-type retainer
between juxtaposed receptacles. |
| 220, | Receptacles,
subclasses 1.5 and 1.6 for freight containers provided with freight-container
fasteners. |
|
| | |
| 288 | DRUM OR CAN SPACER FASTENER: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter drawn to fasteners specifically adapted for
securing containers, drums, or cans in a spaced relationship. |
| | |
| 289 | TRIM MOLDING FASTENER: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising a fastener specially adapted for
securing a rigid or semirigid decorative strip to a rigid vehicle
or similar body.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 49, | Movable or Removable Closures,
subclass 492 for snap-type fasteners securing a closure seal. |
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclass 466 for separate anchor element securing a nonsustaining bridged
strip over junctures of panels; subclass 511 for mounting means attaching
a facer to an upholstery structure; subclasses 718.01-718.03 for
fasteners combined with static structures for attaching a striplike channel
or trim member to the static structures or for striplike channel
or trim member fasteners in which the fastener is specifically modified
in structure to mate with a specific construction or configuration
of the Class 52 structure; and subclass 769 for a spring including
retaining means holding a separate structure against a facer. |
| 293, | Vehicle Fenders, appropriate subclasses for various types of fasteners combined
with vehicle fender structure. |
| 301, | Land Vehicle: Wheels and Axles,
subclasses 37.1+ for fasteners combined with protectors or trim
members attached to land vehicles. |
|
| | |
| 291 | And laterally extending biasing appendage: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 290. Subject matter further provided with a resilient member
extending laterally from and yieldingly urging a main body member
of the fastener to move in a predetermined direction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 292, | for a trim molding fastener provided with a laterally
extending biasing appendage without bolt or screw means. |
|
| | |
| 293 | Resilient metal type: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 289. Subject matter wherein the fastener is composed of spring
metal, e.g., steel.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 301, | Land Vehicle: Wheels and Axles,
subclasses 108.1 through 108.5for hubcap trim objects being formed from resilient
metal material or hubcaps secured to wheeled vehicles by the use
of resilient metal fasteners. |
|
| | |
| 296 | Wire formed: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 293. Subject matter wherein the fastener is formed from a metallic
strand element. |
| | |
| 297 | Plastic type: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 289. Subject matter wherein the fastener is composed of a substance
produced by polymerization. |
| | |
| 298 | PLURAL FASTENERS HAVING INTERMEDIATE FLACCID CONNECTOR: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter wherein plural fasteners are attached by
a connector comprising an elongated intermediate configuration having little
resistance to longitudinally compressive or shear forces.
| | (1)
Note. See (1) Note of the class definition for the line between
this and indented subclasses and Class 2, Apparel. |
| | (2)
Note. To be proper in this and indented subclasses, the fasteners
must be fastening or attaching to different structures-to-be-secured(*)
or portions thereof and not fastening to each other. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 17, | for bail and package ties utilizing plural fasteners
and flaccid-type configurations. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 321 for garment supporters and retainers utilizing
plural fasteners having intermediate flaccid-type connectors; and
subclass 323 for garment supporters and retainers consisting of
strip-connected spaced holders or fasteners. |
| 165, | Heat Exchange,
subclass 98 for plural fasteners with intermediate flaccidly
adjustable connectors for adjustably securing radiator face coverings
to radiator configurations. |
| 280, | Land Vehicles,
subclasses 814 and 815 for plural fasteners having intermediate
flaccid connectors utilized in securing and/or carrying
skis. |
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclass 144 for hand carriers or grippers having a flaccid receiver,
support, or fastener for articles. |
|
| | |
| 299 | Chain connector: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 298. Subject matter wherein the connector comprises a series
of connected links.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 271 for sleeve or leg closures utilizing chains as
an intermediate connector. |
|
| | |
| 300 | Elastic connector: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 298. Subject matter wherein the connector is composed of a resilient
substance.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 326 for garment supporters and retainers consisting
of plural crossed or diverging suspension strips or strands utilizing
plural fasteners having an intermediate strap connector; subclass
332 for plural crossed or diverging suspension strips or strands
with running strips or strands comprising a straplike flaccid connector;
and subclass 334 for plural crossed or diverging suspension strips or
straps utilizing a strap as an intermediate flaccid connector having
a pivot member normal to the strip or strap. |
|
| | |
| 301 | Strap connector: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 300. Subject matter wherein the connector is formed of a band
of elastic substance.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 68, | for strap tighteners provided with strap intermediate
connectors. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 309 for garment supporters and retainers in a form
of a strap partially encircling limb or torso; and subclass 315
for torso or limb encircling garment supporters and retainers provided
with plural holding means secured together by strap connectors. |
|
| | |
| 302 | Strap connector: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 298. Subject matter wherein the connector is formed of a band
of flaccid substance.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 30, | for ball and package ties in the form of wooden
straps or bands. |
| 68, | for straps provided with tighteners. |
|
| | |
| 303 | HAVING MAGNETIC FASTENER: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter provided with a fastener including, having,
or comprising material utilizing magnetism.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 248, | Supports,
subclasses 206.5 and 309.4 for combined diverse fasteners utilizing
or having a magnet to be used for a bracket. |
| 296, | Land Vehicles: Bodies and Tops,
subclasses 97.1 through 97.13for fasteners utilized to hold or support glare screens
to land vehicle bodies utilizing or having a magnet. |
| 335, | Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets,
and Electromagnets,
subclasses 302 through 306for permanent magnet structure or material and
subclass 219 for a magnet combined with a diverse-type art device. |
| 362, | Illumination,
subclass 398 for illumination supports utilizing or having a magnet. |
|
| | |
| 304 | HAVING ADHESIVE FASTENER: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter provided with a fastener comprising material
utilizing molecular adhesive forces.
| | (1)
Note. The adhesive fasteners of this subclass are intended
to provide or accomplish the desired fastening between either different
structures-to-be-secured(*) or different portions of a structure-to-be-secured(*)
and are not intended to mount or secure a separate, distinct fastener
used for or accomplishing a desired fastening between different structures-to-be-secured(*)
or portions thereof. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 337 for combined fasteners utilizing adhesive means, particularly
friction-type devices for supporting and retaining garments. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclasses 205.3 and 205.4 for brackets specially mounted or attached
by use of adhesives. |
| 296, | Land Vehicles: Bodies and Tops,
subclasses 97.1 through 97.13for glare screens attached or fastened to body configurations
by use of adhesives. |
|
| | |
| 305 | COMBINED DIVERSE MULTIPART FASTENERS: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising a combination of two or more diverse
fasteners of this class in which the combination is composed of two
or more elements and in which each fastener is different, and distinct
from each other.
| | (1)
Note. For documents to be proper in this and indented subclasses,
none of the fasteners can utilize the structure-to-be-secured(*)
as a component in completing or performing a or its fastening function, e.g.,
a clip* using the structure-to-be-secured(*) as
a mounting to secure other structure-to-be-secured(*) therebetween.
Similarly, plural, even if diverse, fasteners which simultaneously
or serially fasten, or release to perform a fastening operation,
e.g., zippers(*) or combined safety belt and harness buckles(*),
are excluded from this and indented subclasses. Any fastener either actuated
by a tool, permanently altered in shape or deformed to perform its
fastening function not in combination with a fastener of this class
is provided for in other classes, e.g., Class 411. In addition,
to be proper in this and indented subclasses, the fasteners must
each be fastening to structure-to-be-secured(*); plural
diverse fasteners merely fastening to each other are excluded herein. |
| | (2)
Note. One or single piece combined fasteners are excluded
from this and indented subclasses and are properly classified in
lower portions of the Class 24 schedule and discretionarily cross-referenced
to these combined fastener subclasses. |
| | (3)
Note. See Lines With Other Classes under the class definition
for the line between this and indented subclasses and Class 2, Apparel. |
| | (4)
Note. For the purposes of this and associated definitions,
the term "distinct" is taken to mean that the
diverse fasteners are either independently operable, i.e., the operation
of a first fastener does not directly produce the fastening function of
a second fastener and similarly the operation of the second fastener
does not produce the fastening operation of the first, or the fasteners
are differently shaped or configured from each other, however small
the different shape or configuration may be. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 49.1, | through 66.13, for necktie fasteners utilizing various types of
combined fasteners. |
| 67, | for various combined fasteners used to fasten papers. |
| 115, | for various combined fasteners used to hold cords
and ropes. |
| 390, | for a zipper(*) combined with a distinct
separable-fastener(*). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 36, | Boots, Shoes, and Leggings,
subclasses 50.1 through 54and 58 for combined fasteners used in closing boot
and shoe uppers. |
| 244, | Aeronautics and Astronautics,
subclass 151 for combined fasteners utilized in connecting parachute
harness configurations. |
| 248, | Supports, appropriate subclasses for combined fasteners utilized
as supports, particularly
subclasses 317 through 344for various combined fasteners utilized as suspended
supports. |
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, appropriate subclasses for combined fasteners used
in releasing hoist-line or grab-type hooks. |
| 296, | Land Vehicles: Bodies and Tops,
subclasses 97.1 through 97.13for various combined fasteners utilized for securing
or holding glare screens to land vehicle bodies. |
| 362, | Illumination,
subclasses 122 and 123 for combined fasteners utilized in securing
or holding plantlike ornaments or wreaths, particularly trees. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections, appropriate subclasses for combined fasteners used
in joints and connections. |
| 428, | Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles,
subclass 11 for combined fasteners utilized in supporting or
holding together various type of special occasion ornaments such
as Christmas tree, balls, bells, or star-shaped objects. |
|
| | |
| 306 | Combined with diverse fastener: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 442. Securing means in combination with a diverse fastener proper
for this class (e.g., mounting pin, clasp, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 305, | through 380, for other combined diverse multipart fasteners. |
|
| | |
| 307 | Buckle: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 305. Subject matter wherein one of the fasteners comprises a
buckle* in the form of a securing means having two connected
relatively movable members, wherein either one member is adapted
to allow structure-to-be-secured(*) to pass therethrough
or the members are adapted to allow structure-to-be-secured(*)
to pass completely therebetween in a path generally parallel to
the longitudinal axis of the members.
| | (1)
Note. Buckles* are usually designed to secure or
tighten belts, bands, or similar articles and are generally operated
by having one end of the belt, band, etc., fixedly secured to one
end of the buckle* with another portion of the buckle* frictionally
or resiliently securing the belt, band, etc., or by passing through
a provided for aperture in the belt, band, etc. This feature of
allowing the belt, band, etc., to pass through the buckle* distinguishes
a buckle* and a clasp*. |
| | (2)
Note. One-piece buckles*, e.g., wire formed, or sheet
metal stamped, are excluded from this subclass and are provided
for in latter parts of the schedule. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 163, | for single buckles, per se. |
|
| | |
| 308 | And buckles: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 307. Subject matter provided with another buckle(*).
| | (1)
Note. To be proper in this subclass, the combined buckles(*)
must be the type such that each buckle(*), if separated from
the other, can function as a buckle(*), and each buckle(*)
must be different as to configuration or composition; otherwise,
the document is properly classified in subclass 163 and discretionarily
cross-referenced to this and indented subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 314 for torso or limb-encircling garment supporters and
retainers having pendant holding means provided with plural buckle structures;
and subclass 334 for plural crossed or diverging suspension strips provided
with a pivot member normal to the strip utilizing plural buckles. |
|
| | |
| 309 | Having separate material adjustment means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 308. Subject matter having disparate means specially adapted
to modify the amount of structure-to-be-secured(*) being
passed through or between the buckle(*).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 237 for plural buckles provided with adjustment means for
waist bands in trousers or overalls; and subclass 307 for garment
supporters or retainers utilizing plural buckles having adjustment
means for waistline-type garments. |
|
| | |
| 310 | Having separate disconnect means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 308. Subject matter provided with initially separate or movably
attached means allowing the two buckles* to be relatively
easily engaged or disengaged from each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 312, | and 313, for plural diverse buckles(*) having
an integral disconnectable configuration. |
| 319, | for buckle(*) and hook fasteners having
disconnectable means. |
| 341, | for plural diverse clasps(*) having disconnectable
means. |
| 358, | and 359, for plural diverse hooks having disconnectable
means. |
| 572+, | for separable fasteners, per se. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 321 for torso or limb encircling garment supporters
or retainers utilizing a belt buckle provided with a separable fastener. |
|
| | |
| 311 | Pivotal lever type: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 310. Subject matter wherein the separate disconnectable means
includes a releasing member hinged to one of the buckles* for
disconnecting the buckles* one from the other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 33, | for plural buckles provided with hinge adjustment
means. |
| 178, | for single buckles provided with separate adjusting
means in the form of a penetrating tongue utilized in harness configurations. |
| 188, | for single buckles provided with pivoted separate
adjustment means in the form of a penetrating prong. |
| 191, | for single buckles provided with a separate adjusting
means in the form of a pivoted lever. |
|
| | |
| 312 | Having disconnect structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 308. Subject matter provided with rigid configuration integral
with each buckle* allowing two buckles* to be
relatively easily engaged or disengaged from each other.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 301 for garment supporters or retainers in the form
of plural buckles having disconnect configuration; subclass 316
for torso or limb encircling garment supporters in the form of plural
buckles having disconnect configuration; and subclass 317 for torso
or limb encircling garment supporter or retainer with a member between
the ends of a circulating strip. |
|
| | |
| 313 | Resilient cooperating means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 312. Subject matter wherein the rigid integral configuration
is in the form of members composed of resilient substance and which
are adapted to mate with each other wherein their resiliency at least
in part retains the members together.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 324, | for plural diverse buckles(*) provided with
snap fastener for an attached fastener. |
|
| | |
| 314 | And pin: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 308. Subject matter provided with a wire section having a piercing
end.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 186, | for a one-piece single buckle provided with a penetrating
prong. |
| 317, | for combined diverse plural buckle(*) fasteners
having a pin. |
| 351, | through 355, for combined diverse clasp(*) and pin fasteners. |
| 356, | through 368, for combined diverse plural pin fasteners. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 319 for torso or limb encircling garment supporters and
retainers in the form of a buckle structure having a pin or prong-type structure
detachable from or slidable on a belt. |
|
| | |
| 315 | Crossed belt accommodating: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 308. Subject matter wherein the structure-to-be-secured(*)
fastened by a first buckle* is angled with and overlaps
a second structure-to-be-secured(*) fastened by a second
buckle*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 306 for garment supporters and retainers supporting plural
garments in spaced relationship; subclass 332 for buckles accommodating
plural crossed or diverging strip type members; and subclass 333 for
torso or limb encircling garment supporters and retainers accommodating
plural crossed or diverging strips having a detachable or movable
feature between the strips. |
|
| | |
| 316 | And clasp: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 307. Subject matter provided with a fastener in the form of a
clasp(*) which either (a) has connected gripping jaws adapted
to engage structure-to-be-secured(*), or (b) performs a securement
by over edge engagement of structure-to-be-secured(*).
| | (1)
Note. Clasps* are usually designed to be secured
to belts, bands, or similar articles generally operated by having
one end of the belt, band, etc., fixedly secured to one end of the
clasp with the other hinged and engaging the structure-to-be-secured(*)
and relies on inherent resilience or friction for securement. See (1)
Note under subclass 307 for the difference between a clasp and a
buckle. |
| | (2)
Note. One piece clasps*, e.g., wire-formed clips*,
sheet metal V or J clips* are excluded from this subclass
and are provided for in latter parts of the schedule. | |
| | |
| 317 | And pin: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 307. Subject matter provided with a fastener comprising a piece
of wire having a head or headlike configuration at one end and a
penetrating point at the other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 351, | through 355, for clasp(*) and pin diverse fasteners. |
| 356, | through 368, for plural diverse pin fasteners. |
|
| | |
| 318 | And hook: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 307. Subject matter provided with a fastener in the form of a
book comprising either an elongated wire or rod section, one end
of which is curved or sharply bent, or an element having a J-shaped
configuration utilized as a hook.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 165, | for single buckles specially adapted for use with
harness configurations structures having combined snap hooks with
the buckle. |
|
| | |
| 319 | Having disconnect means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 318. Subject matter provided with separate means to allow the
buckle* and hook to be relatively easily engaged or disengaged
from each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 323, | and 324, for plural diverse buckle(*) fasteners
provided with separable fastening means for an attached fastener. |
| 341, | for plural diverse resilient clasp(*) fasteners
provided with disconnectable means. |
| 358, | and 359, for plural diverse pin fasteners provided
with disconnect means. |
|
| | |
| 320 | Having penetrating prong: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 318. Subject matter provided with means formed from a sheet metal
or metal strip section having a sharp projection stamped, cut, or
formed thereon capable of entering into and tending to hold the
structure-to-be-secured(*) to the buckle.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 347, | for clasp(*) and hook fasteners in which
a clasp(*) jaw has penetrating gripping structure. |
| 350, | for clasp(*) and penetrating prong fasteners. |
| 368, | for pin and penetrating prong fasteners. |
| 377, | for hook and penetrating prong fasteners. |
| 380, | for combined diverse multipart fasteners, one of
which is a penetrating prong. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 319 for a torso or limb encircling garment supporter
or retainer provided with a buckle hook fastener and penetrating
prong. |
|
| | |
| 321 | Buckle having plural receiving slots: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 318. Subject matter wherein a buckle* is provided with
two or more openings.
| | (1)
Note. Generally, the buckle(*) is adapted to receive
two or more different structures-to-be-secured(*) or two
or more portions thereof. | |
| | |
| 322.1 | Including a button fastening element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 307. Subject matter comprising a generally disk-shaped body designed
to pass through and cooperate with a buttonhole or loop to produce securement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 90.1, | through 114.12, for buttons utilized as articles combined with a
fastener for securing the article to another configuration. |
| 342.1, | for clasp* and button fasteners. |
| 367.1, | for pin and button fasteners. |
| 378.1, | for hook and button fasteners. |
| 379.1, | for combined diverse multipart fasteners, one of
which is a button. |
|
| | |
| 323 | And separable fastening means for attached fastener: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 307. Subject matter wherein a buckle* is provided with
separate disconnect means to easily disengage another fastener permanently
attached to structure-to-be-secured(*).
| | (1)
Note. The other fastener is usually attached at or near an
end of the structure-to-be-secured(*). |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 341, | for plural resilient clasps(*) provided with
disconnect means. |
| 358, | for plural pins provided with disconnect means. |
| 572+, | for separable-fasteners(*). |
|
| | |
| 324 | Snap fastener: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Subject matter wherein the disconnect means is in the form
of a circular male member having an upstanding projection formed
thereon and a female member having a resilient complimentary socket
formed therein receiving and retaining the male member.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 614, | through 627 and 662-681, for head and socket snap fasteners,
per se. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 322 for torso or limb encircling garment supporters provided
with a buckle and separate fastening means in the form of a snap fastener. |
|
| | |
| 326 | Clasp: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 305. Subject matter wherein one of the fasteners is in the form
of a clasp* which either (a) has connected gripping jaws
adapted to engage structure-to-be-secured(*), or (b) performs
a securement by overedge engagement of structure-to-be-secured(*).
| | (1)
Note. Clasps* are usually designed to be secured
to belts, bands, or similar articles generally operated by having
one end of the belt, band, etc., fixedly secured to one end of the
clasp* with the other hinged and engaging the structure-to-be-secured(*)
and relies on inherent resilience or friction for securement. See (1)
Note under subclass 307 for the difference between a clasp* and
a buckle. |
| | (2)
Note. One-piece clasps*, e.g., wire formed clips*,
sheet metal V or J clips*, are excluded from the this subclass
and are provided for in latter parts of the schedule. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 3, | for article holders utilized to secure articles
to the human body using a combined clasp-type fastener. |
| 16, | for combined clasp fasteners utilized as bail and
package ties. |
| 455, | through 571, for clasps, per se. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclasses 651 and 652 for a check label or tag type of holder
utilizing clasps. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclasses 316.1 through 316.7for article holding bracket-type configurations
in the form of clasps or clamps. |
| 280, | Land Vehicles,
subclasses 814 and 815 for ski holders utilizing clasps or clasp-like
configuration. |
| 297, | Chairs and Seats,
subclasses 468 through 485for body restrainers such as seat belts and harnesses
utilizing clasp as a retractable holder. |
| 362, | Illumination,
subclass 396 for illumination supports in the form of a clasp, clamp,
or hook-type configuration. |
|
| | |
| 327 | Having pivoted members: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter wherein the clasp* is provided with
two hinged members, the unhinged ends thereof being capable of engaging
structure-to-be-secured(*).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 135, | for cord or rope holders utilizing a screw, clamp,
or clasp having pivoted members. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclasses 642.02 through 661.12for a check label or tag holders in the form of
a pivotable member clasp. |
| 119, | Animal Husbandry,
subclass 813 for a device for restraining a cow"s tail
that utilizes a clasp having pivotable members or resilient-type
configuration. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclasses 229.13 and 229.23 for brackets in the nature of a clamp
having pivotable member. |
| 368, | Horology: Time Measuring Systems or Devices,
subclasses 278 and 279 for watchcase holders in the form of pivotable
member clasp. |
|
| | |
| 328 | Cam type member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Subject matter wherein one of the pivoted member has a dimension
where the members are hinged such that in one pivoted position the member
acts with another member to engage and secure the structure-to-be-secured(*)
and in another pivoted position the members acts to disengage and
release the structure-to-be-secured(*). |
| | |
| 329 | Plural clasps: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Subject matter wherein two or more clasps(*) are
provided.
| | (1)
Note. To be proper in this and indented subclasses, the combined
clasp(*) must be the type that each clasp(*),
if separated or separable from each other, could function as a clasp(*)
and each clasp(*) must be different as to configuration
or composition; otherwise the document is properly classified in
subclasses 243+ and discretionarily cross-referenced to this
and indented subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 44, | for cuff holders utilizing plural clasps. |
| 335, | through 341, for plural resilient clasps. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 269, | Work Holders,
subclass 98 for plural clasp or clamp-type fastening means having
pivotable members used in holding work. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclass 385 for plural clasp or clamp-type configurations utilized
to secure rods or plates together; and subclass 387 for plural clasps
or clamps utilized to secure flanged or grooved rods together. |
|
| | |
| 330 | And toggle operator: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 329. Subject matter further provided with a second pair of hinged
elements attached or cooperating with one or more of the clasp* members
such that a force applied to the hinged joint of the second pair
of elements causes the elements to straighten out and apply forces
at the unhinged ends of the second pair of elements, the end forces
being transmitted to the one or more of the clasp* members.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclass 303 for a distinct end coupler in the form of a single
toggle-type operator for plural connectors. |
|
| | |
| 331 | Spring biased: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 329. Subject matter provided with a resilient means which regains
its original shape after distortation and is assembled with the
clasp* so as to force a hinged member thereof to move in
a certain direction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 338, | for plural resilient clasps(*) having a spring
biased jaw. |
| 371, | for plural hooks having a biasing spring. |
| 499, | through 511, 531, and 532-534, for pivoted or similar types of
swinging, resiliently biased plural clasps(*). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 439, | Electrical Connectors,
subclasses 819 through 824for an uninsulated electrical connector having
a rigid nonresilient clamping part operated by a separate spring
means. |
|
| | |
| 332 | Coil: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 331. Subject matter wherein the resilient means is a helical
wire.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 334, | for pivoted member clasps(*) having a coil
spring. |
| 509, | 510, 531, 533, and 534, for pivoted or similar types
of swing, coil biased, plural clasps(*). |
|
| | |
| 333 | And cam: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 329. Subject matter provided with means having an eccentric dimension
cooperating with and moving one of the pivoted members.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 337, | for plural resilient clasps(*) provided with
a cam. |
|
| | |
| 334 | Coil spring biased: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Subject matter wherein a spring in the form of a helical
wire is assembled with the clasp(*) to force one of the
hinged members in a certain direction. |
| | |
| 335 | Plural clasps: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter wherein two or more clasps(*) are
provided.
| | (1)
Note. to be proper in this and indented subclasses, the combined
clasps(*) must be the type that each clasp(*),
if separated from each other, can function as a clasp(*),
and each clasp(*) must be different as to configuration
or composition; otherwise, the document is properly classified as
an original in subclasses 243+ and discretionarily cross-referenced
to this and indented subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 44, | for plural clasp cup holders. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 36, | Boots, Shoes, and Leggings,
subclass 70 for plural clasps utilized in attaching garment
protectors to boots, shoes, and leggings. |
| 132, | Toilet,
subclass 47 for bow or ribbon-type hair fasteners in the form
of plural clasps. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclass 73 for plural clasps interlocking brackets and supports
for pipes or cables. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclass 385 for plural clasps or clamps connecting rods or
plates together. |
| 439, | Electrical Connectors,
subclasses 775 through 864for an uninsulated electrical connector for clamping
and electrically interconnecting plural conductors. |
|
| | |
| 336 | Resilient type clasp: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 335. Subject matter wherein one of the clasps(*) is composed
of elastic substance which regains its original shape after distortion.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclasses 658 through 659for check labeled or tag holders in the form of
a resilient clip or clips. |
| 47, | Plant Husbandry,
subclass 46 for resilient clasp for linearly supporting plants. |
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclass 285.1 for resilient plural clasp means securing together
various modular section portions at right angles; subclasses 357-360
for plural resilient clasps securing the back of a support and front
of a settable material receiving backer; subclass 489.1 for separable
clip-type resilient fasteners utilized to secure facer or facer panels
to frame or shaft; subclass 582.1 for resilient clasp or clasp-joining
panels or modules with edgewise connecting features; and subclass
714 for resilient integral sheet or wire tie members for securing
open work, e.g., tress, trellis, grills, etc. |
| 119, | Animal Husbandry,
subclass 812 for resilient one-piece clamping jaws for restraining
a cow"s tail. |
| 160, | Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclasses 178.1 through 178.3and 902 for plural resilient clasp utilized in
securing Venetian blinds. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclasses 27.1 and 27.3 for plural resilient clasps utilized in securing
instruments in panels; subclass 72 for resilient plural clasps connecting
beams and brackets; and subclass 229.1 for resilient plural clasps
interlocking a bracket in a support of an aperture board. |
| 280, | Land Vehicles,
subclasses 11.37+ for plural resilient clasps utilized in securing
skis; and subclass 184 for plural resilient clamp or clasp-type configurations
utilized in securing reigns or whip to wheeled vehicles. |
| 281, | Books, Strips, and Leaves,
subclass 42 for resilient plural clasps utilized in holding
or marking book leaves. |
| 292, | Closure Fasteners,
subclass 288 for portable closure fasteners utilizing resilient
plural clasps engaging right angle planar work. |
| 312, | Supports: Cabinet Structure,
subclass 140 for showcase-type cabinet structure joints and
connectors utilizing plural resilient clasp type configuration. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclass 387 for plural resilient clasps securing flanged or
grooved rods to plates; and subclass 397 for resilient clips utilized in
securing rods to plate or similar configurations. |
| 439, | Electrical Connectors,
subclass 577 for wall plate or panel mounting configurations
in the form of plural resilient radially expanding spring members
extendable through or into panel openings. |
|
| | |
| 337 | And cam: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 336. Subject matter provided with means having an eccentric dimension
cooperating with and moving a portion of a clasp. |
| | |
| 338 | Spring biased jaw: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 336. Subject matter provided with separate elastic means assembled
with a clasp(*) to force a jaw portion of the clasp(*)
to move in a certain direction. |
| | |
| 339 | Circular work engageable: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 336. Subject matter wherein the clasp(*) is specially configured
to engage structure-to-be-secured(*) having a circular
or substantially circular cross section.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 10, | through 12, for resilient plural clasps utilized in engaging
in or holding pencils to the human body. |
| 129+, | for resilient plural clasps for holding or fastening
cords or ropes. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclasses 310 and 311 for check label or tag holders in the form
of resilient plural clasps engageable with bottles. |
| 81, | Tools,
subclass 15.8 for tools for applying resilient plural clasps
to antiskid chains being applied to tires. |
| 131, | Tobacco,
subclasses 257 through 260for plural resilient clasps for holding or securing
various tobacco products. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclass 40 for plural resilient clasps engaging overhead round-type conductors;
subclass 94 for plural resilient clasps engaging or joining bare
conductors; subclass 138 for plural resilient clasp capable of engaging and
securing various circular cross-sectional insulators; and subclasses 172-175
for resilient plural clasps for securing insulated conductors. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclasses 37.3 and 37.6 for resilient plural clasp supports for
supporting or holding cutlery; subclass 61 for resilient plural
configuration used in suspending overhead or messenger cables; subclass
68.1 for plural resilient clasps utilized in bracketing or supporting
plural pipes or cables; and subclasses 74.1-74.5 for resilient plural
clasps or clamps structure for supporting or bracketing pipes or
cables. |
| 256, | Fences,
subclass 57 for resilient clasps connecting cross pieces of fencing
wire. |
| 285, | Pipe Joints or Couplings,
subclass 114 for pipe joint or coupling configuration provided
with resilient clasps for strain relief. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclass 387 for plural resilient claps securing or fastening
flanged or grooved rods to plates. |
| 439, | Electrical Connectors,
subclasses 786 through 788for an uninsulated electrical connector having
resilient or spring-operated securing means for electrically joining
plural conductors. |
|
| | |
| 340 | And pin attachment: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 336. Subject matter provided with a fastener comprising a piece
of wire having a head or headlike configuration at one end and a
penetrating point at the other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 351, | through 355, for clasp(*) and pin fasteners. |
| 356, | through 368, for plural diverse pin fasteners. |
|
| | |
| 341 | And disconnect means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 336. Subject matter provided with separate means allowing the
two clasps(*) to be relatively easily engaged or disengaged
from each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 358, | for plural pin fasteners provided with disconnect
means. |
| 572+, | for separable-fasteners(*). |
|
| | |
| 342.1 | Including a button fastening element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter comprising a generally disk-shaped body designed
to pass through and cooperate with a buttonhole or loop to produce securement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 43, | for cuff holders in the form of a combined clasp
and button fastener. |
| 90.1, | through 114.12, for clasp-type fasteners utilized in fastening buttons
as articles. |
| 367.1, | for pin and button fasteners. |
| 378.1, | for hook and button fasteners. |
| 379.1, | for combined diverse multipart fasteners, one of
which is a button. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 302 for garment supporters and retainers for supporting
hose material utilizing clasp and button fasteners. |
|
| | |
| 343 | And hook: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter provided with a fastener in the form of a
hook comprising either a wire or rod section, one end of which is
curved or sharply bent, or an element having a J-shaped configuration
utilized as a hook.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 44, | for cuff holders in the form of combined clasp and
hook fasteners. |
| 360, | for plural pin fasteners provided with a hook. |
| 363, | for pin and hook fasteners. |
| 369, | through 378.1, for plural hook fasteners. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 160, | Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclass 348 for clasp and hook-type structure utilized in hanging
and pleating draperies. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclass 493 for mirror or picture supports in the form of clasp and
hook fasteners suspending cords to retainers. |
|
| | |
| 344 | Having intermediate connector allowing movement: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Subject matter provided with means attaching the hook to
a clasp(*) wherein the hook is capable of moving relative
to the clasp(*).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 362, | for plural pins having an intermediate connector. |
| 364, | for a pin and hook fastener having an intermediate
connector. |
|
| | |
| 345 | And adjustment means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 344. Subject matter further provided with means to rigidly position
the hook in any one of a plurality of selectable positions relative
to the clasp. |
| | |
| 347 | Penetrating type: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 346. Subject matter wherein the jaw is constructed to have a
piercing point capable of penetrating at least partly into the structure-to-be-secured(*). |
| | |
| 348 | Having cam: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Subject matter provided with pivotal means having an eccentric
dimension such that the pivotal means can move from an engaging
to a disengaging position relative to the structure-to-be-secured(*). |
| | |
| 349 | Having separable jaws: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Subject matter wherein the clasp(*) has gripping
jaws capable of moving towards, away, and removeable from each other.
| | (1)
Note. A screw is capable of being a clasp(*) jaw
for purposes of this subclass. | |
| | |
| 350 | And penetrating prong: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter provided with a sheet metal or metal strip
section having a sharp projection stamped, cut, or formed thereon
capable of penetrating structure-to-be-secured(*).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 368, | for pin and penetrating prong fasteners. |
| 377, | for hook and penetrating prong fasteners. |
| 380, | for combined diverse fasteners, one of which is
a penetrating prong. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 16, | Miscellaneous Hardware (e.g., Bushing, Carpet
Fastener, Caster, Door Closer, Panel Hanger, Attachable or Adjunct
Handle, Hinge, Window Sash Balance, etc.),
subclasses 4 through 17for clasp and penetrating prong configurations
utilized in fastening carpets. |
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclasses 662 through 670for check label or tag fasteners in the form of
a clasp provided with a resilient prong. |
| 160, | Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclass 402 for fabric fastening means to elongated elements
by the use of a clasp and prong type fastener; and subclass 404
for fabric fastening means to an elongated element by the means
of a pointed, pierced, or hook element. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclass 71 for a pipe or cable bracket provided with penetrating
means. |
|
| | |
| 351 | And pin: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter provided with a pin fastener in the form
of a piece of wire having a head or headlike configuration at one
end and a penetrating point at the other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 46, | for cuff holders in the form of a clasp and pin
fastener. |
| 356, | through 368, for plural pin fasteners. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 16, | Miscellaneous Hardware (e.g., Bushing, Carpet
Fastener, Caster, Door Closer, Panel Hanger, Attachable or Adjunct
Handle, Hinge, Window Sash Balance, etc.),
subclasses 4 through 17for combined clasp and pin fasteners utilized for
fastening or securing carpets. |
|
| | |
| 352 | Having separate pin loss prevention means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 351. Subject matter wherein the pin fastener is provided with
means or a configuration specially adapted to guard against loss
of the pin fastener.
| | (1)
Note. The prevention means may either be independent of the
pin or incorporated with the body if the clasp(*) and pin
structure. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 706.2, | through 710.2, for a pin having guiding, holding, or protecting
means for its penetrating portion. |
|
| | |
| 353 | Pin coextensive, coplanar, and contiguous with clasp jaw: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 352. Subject matter wherein a jaw of the clasp(*) has
the same special limits as, lies on the same longitudinal planar
axis as, and is adjacent to the pin fastener.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 354, | for clasp(*) and pin fasteners in which the
pin is coextensive, coplanar, and contiguous with a clasp(*)
jaw. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 63, | Jewelry,
subclass 2 for miscellaneous type loss-prevention devices
for jewelry; and subclass 20 for ornamental pins provided with pin
loss prevention means. |
|
| | |
| 356 | Pin: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 303. Subject matter provided with a pin fastener comprising a
piece of wire having a head or headlike configuration at one end
and a penetrating point at the other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 6, | for article holder holding flowers to the human
body in the form of a pin. |
| 13, | for holding various articles to the human body utilizing
a pin fastener. |
| 48, | for cuff holders in the form of a pin fastener. |
| 150+, | for a single pin fastener of the Class 24 type. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 248, | Supports,
subclass 239 for projecting pin-type fasteners for securing
or bracketing shelves or scaffolds. |
|
| | |
| 357 | And pin: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 356. Subject matter provided with a second pin fastener in the
form of a piece of wire having a head or headlike configuration
at one end and a penetrating point at the other.
| | (1)
Note. To be proper in this and indented subclasses, the combined
pins must be the type that, in addition to being composed of plural
elements, the pins are different in configuration or composition,
e.g., in length, cross-sectional dimension, shape of the point,
etc; otherwise the document is properly classified in subclasses
150+ and discretionarily cross-referenced to this and indented subclasses. | |
| | |
| 358 | And disconnect means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Subject matter provided with disconnectable means which
allow the two pins to be relatively easily engaged or disengaged
from each other. |
| | |
| 359 | Hook and eye type: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 358. Subject matter wherein the disconnect means comprises a
first component in the form of a hook composed of wire sharply bent
or curved at one end specially adapted to engage and disengage with
a second component in the form of a eye fastener composed of a wire
curved back and attached onto itself. |
| | |
| 360 | And hook: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Subject matter further provided with a hook comprising either
a wire or rod section, one end of which is curved or sharply bent,
or an element having a J-shaped configuration utilized as a hook.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 363, | through 366, for pin and hook fasteners. |
| 369, | through 378.1, for plural hook fasteners. |
|
| | |
| 361 | Having connector allowing movement: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 360. Subject matter provided with means for attaching either
the hook to the pins or the pins to each other, wherein the hook
or pins are movable with respect to each other subsequent to attachment. |
| | |
| 362 | Having intermediate connector allowing movement: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Subject matter provided with means attaching the pins to
each other, wherein the pins are movable with respect to each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 364, | for pin and hook fasteners having an intermediate
connector allowing movement. |
|
| | |
| 363 | And hook: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 356. Subject matter provided with a hook either in the form of
a wire rod section, the end of which is curved or sharply bent,
or an element having a J-shaped configuration utilized as a hook.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 369, | for combined hook fasteners. |
|
| | |
| 365 | And adjustment means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Subject matter provided with means to rigidly position the
hook in any one of a plurality of selectable positions relative
to the pin. |
| | |
| 366 | Hook having locking means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 363. Subject matter wherein the hook is provided with means capable
of moving from a securing to an unsecuring position relative to
the curved or bent end. |
| | |
| 367.1 | Including a button fastening element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 356. Subject matter comprising a generally disk-shaped body designed
to pass through and cooperate with a buttonhole or loop to produce securement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 47, | for combined pin and button fasteners for cuff holders. |
| 60, | for combined button and pin fasteners for fastening
or securing neckties. |
| 103, | for pin fasteners utilized to secure or fasten buttons
as articles. |
| 378.1, | for hook and button fasteners. |
| 379.1, | for combined diverse multipart fasteners, one of
which is a button. |
|
| | |
| 368 | And penetrating prong: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 356. Subject matter provided with means having a sheet metal
or metal strip section having a sharp projection stamped, cut, or
formed thereon capable of penetrating structure-to-be-secured(*).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 377, | for hook and penetrating prong fasteners. |
| 380, | for combined diverse multipart fasteners, one of
which is a penetrating prong. |
| 690, | for separable-fasteners(*) provided with
deformable and penetrable mounting means. |
|
| | |
| 369 | Hook: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 303. Subject matter provided with a hook either in the form of
a wire or rod section, the end of which is curved or sharply bent
or, an element having a J-shaped configuration utilized as a hook.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 230.5, | for single hooks, per se. |
| 231, | for snap hooks, per se. |
| 713.9, | through 714.5, for a hook shaped lace directing means. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 43, | Fishing, Trapping, and Vermin Destroying,
subclass 43.16 for various hooks used for or as artificial bait in
fishing. |
| 160, | Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclass 348 for various drapery hooks used in hanging or suspending
drapes with pleating means or other drapery facilitating functions. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclass 215 for hook type brackets on horizontal bars or rods; subclass
340 for bar supported hook type suspended supports. |
| 362, | Illumination,
subclass 396 for hook type supports for illumination devices. |
| 452, | Butchering,
subclasses 187 through 193for the supporting and shackling animal carcasses
by means of a hook. |
|
| | |
| 370 | And hook: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Subject matter provided with a second hook either in the
form of a wire or rod section, one end of which is curved or sharply
bent, or an element having a J-shaped configuration utilized as
a hook.
| | (1)
Note. To be proper in this and indented subclasses, the combined
hooks must be the type that, in addition to being composed of plural
elements, the hooks are different in configuration or composition,
e.g., in length, cross-sectional dimension, etc.; otherwise the
document is properly classified in subclasses 230.5+ and
discretionarily cross-referenced to this and indented subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 165, | Heat Exchange,
subclass 98 for adjustable radiator covering means utilizing
plural hook structures. |
| 182, | Fire Escape, Ladder, or Scaffold,
subclass 206 for ladders provided with hook structure. |
| 267, | Spring Devices,
subclass 73 for tension springs provided with plural hook structures. |
| 292, | Closure Fasteners,
subclass 288 for portable closure fasteners provided with plural
hook structure. |
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclasses 87.1 through 87.28for multiple object grapples in the form of plural
hook structures. |
|
| | |
| 371 | Having biasing spring: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 370. Subject matter provided with separate elastic means assembled
with the hooks to force the hooks toward or away from each other. |
| | |
| 372 | Separately connected: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 370. Subject matter wherein the hooks are engageable or disengageable
from each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 572+, | for separable connectors, per se. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 59, | Chain, Staple, and Horseshoe Making,
subclass 85 for chain link structures, per se, provided with
disconnect means. |
|
| | |
| 373 | Having securing means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 370. Subject matter wherein a hook is provided with securing
means capable of moving from a securing to an unsecuring position
relative to an open end of the hook.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 152, | Resilient Tires and Wheels,
subclasses 236 and 237 for cross chain antiskid devices utilizing
plural hooks with locking means. |
|
| | |
| 374 | Sliding: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 373. Subject matter wherein the securing means comprises an element
capable of moving in smooth continuous contact with a portion of the
hook adjacent the open end. |
| | |
| 375 | Snap type: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 373. Subject matter wherein the securing means comprises a spring
or a member biased by a spring such that the spring or member is
normally in a secured position with respect to the open end of the
hook.
| | (1)
Note. The structure-to-be-secured(*) with the hook
usually engages and moves the spring or member to the unsecured
position and then allows the spring or member to return to the secured
position thereby securing the struc-ture-to-be-secured(*). | |
| | |
| 376 | Pivoted: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 373. Subject matter wherein the securing means comprises a member
adapted to swing about an axis. |
| | |
| 377 | Having penetrating prong: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Subject matter provided with a sheet metal or metal strip
section having a sharp projection stamped, cut, or formed thereon
capable of penetrating structure-to-be-secured(*).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 380, | for combined diverse multipart fasteners, one of
which is a penetrating prong. |
|
| | |
| 378.1 | Including a button fastening element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Subject matter wherein one of the fasteners comprises a
generally disk-shaped body, designed to pass through and cooperate
with a buttonhole or loop, to produce securement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 379.1, | for combined diverse fasteners, one of which is
a button. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 302 for hook and button fasteners used in supporting
or retaining hose garments. |
|
| | |
| 379.1 | Button fastening element including another fastener element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 305. Subject matter wherein one of the fasteners comprises a
generally disk-shaped body designed to pass through and cooperate
with a buttonhole or loop to produce securement and other fastener
is of a different size, shape, or type.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 102, | for fasteners securing buttons as articles wherein
the fastener is a link-type fastener. |
|
| | |
| 380 | Penetrating prong: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 303. Subject matter wherein one of the fasteners comprises a
sheet metal or metal strip section having a sharp projection stamped,
cut, or formed thereon capable of penetrating structure-to-be-secured(*).
| | (1)
Note. For this definition, the term "penetrating" is
defined as an elastic deformation of the structure-to-be-secured(*) without
piercing of same. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 690, | for separable-fasteners(*) provided with
deformable and piercing mounting means. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 602, | Surgery: Splint, Brace, or Bandage,
subclass 79 for bandage retainers in the form of a penetrating
prong combined with another fastener. |
| 606, | Surgery,
subclass 221 for wound closing clips or serrefines. |
|
| | |
| 381 | ZIPPER OR REQUIRED COMPONENT THEREOF: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising a zipper* or a required
component of a zipper* (i.e., interlocking configured surface
or sliding device).
| | (1)
Note. An interlocking configured surface which is disclosed
as having both utility as a subcomponent of a zipper* and
as a separable-fastener* is classified here and crossed
to separable-fastener*. |
| | (2)
Note. See the class definition for patent placement procedure. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclass 33.2 for plural diverse manufacturing apparatus for
shaping or assembling a metal zipper or zipper component; subclasses 408-410
for a method of making a zipper; and subclasses 766-770 for apparatus
which assembles a zipper or components thereof. |
| 66, | Textiles: Knitting,
subclass 80 for machines for knitting stringer tapes which
incorporate unknit or fleece-type material (e.g., coiled wire) into
a knitted fabric; and subclasses 192 and 193 for a warp knit fabric
incorporating an unknitted material (e.g., nominally recited zipper
tooth). |
| 112, | Sewing,
subclass 475.16 for zipper tapes attached by sewing. |
| 139, | Textiles: Weaving, appropriate subclasses for machines for weaving stringer
tapes which incorporate additional material (e.g., coiled wire);
and
subclass 384 for woven fabrics having a special shape (e.g.,
zipper stringer tapes and nominally recited zipper tooth). |
| 264, | Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes,
subclass 252 for separately molding different shaped article
portion (teeth) along a sheet edge (e.g., zipper stringer tape) to
produce a composite article; and subclasses 280-290.7 for reshaping indefinite
length work. |
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclass 3.6 for zipper* pulling tools. |
| 425, | Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus, appropriate subclasses, and cross-reference art collection
814 for means to inject mold component parts of a zipper. |
|
| | |
| 382 | Plural zippers: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Subject matter including two or more zippers* which
are distinct from each other.
| | (1)
Note. The zippers* are considered distinct if at
least (a) there are two distinct sets (i.e., two opposed pairs),
of interlocking surfaces which are either noncolinear or if collinear
have a structural member preventing movement of a common sliding
device along both sets of surfaces, and (b) the sets of interlocking surfaces
are either operated by independently movable sliding devices or
a sliding device which connects two distinct surface camming portions
together which each operate on a different one of the sets. | |
| | |
| 383 | Zipper chain: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 382. Subject matter in which plural sets of interlocking surfaces
are fabricated together during manufacture on a common assembly
strip (i.e., stringer) intended to be cut into separate zippers* in
a latter manufacturing step. |
| | |
| 384 | Having surface sealing structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 282. Subject matter including structure which prevents the passage
of a particular substance (e.g., fluid, dust, water, air) through
the joint formed in the structure-to-be-secured* by the interlocking
surfaces of the zippers*. |
| | |
| 386 | Plural independently movable sliders: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper* provided with two or more independently
movable sliding devices each traveling along at least one common
segment of a single set of interlocking surfaces.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 382, | for plural zippers* having sets of interlocking
surfaces with a common longitudinal axis and plural sliding devices
which never traverse any common segment of the sets of surfaces. |
|
| | |
| 387 | With distinct, stationary means for anchoring slider: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper* provided with stationary, nonrepetitive means
distinguishable from the interlocking surface and its supporting
structure which is either positioned at one of the terminal ends thereof
or a particular point therealong and intended to cooperate with
a portion of the sliding device to hold it at a particular location.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 418, | through 425, for position locking-means* supported by
the slider and intended to cooperate with repetitive structure located
along the length of the interlocking surface to anchor the slider
at any position on the surface. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 70, | Locks, for zippers in combination with locks. |
|
| | |
| 388 | And for aligning surfaces or obstructing slider movement: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 387. Stationary holding means having additional structure for
either (a) aligning the interlocking surfaces of the zipper*,
or (b) preventing or slowing the movement of the sliding device along
the interlocking surfaces beyond the point at which they contact. |
| | |
| 389 | With distinct member for sealing surfaces: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper* provided with a member which does not form
a portion of the interlocking surfaces and which prevents the passage
of a particular substance (e.g., water, air, fluid, dust) through the
joint formed in the structure-to-be-secured* by the interlocking
surfaces of the zipper*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 384, | for plural zippers having surface sealing structure. |
|
| | |
| 390 | With distinct separable-fastener: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Subject matter provided with a separable-fastener* which
is distinct from the interlocking configured surface and not directly
contacting the sliding device or effecting the zipper"s* operation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 305, | through 380, for combined diverse multipart fasteners which do
not include zippers*. |
|
| | |
| 391 | Having coiled or bent continuous wire interlocking surface: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper* including at least one interlocking surface
consisting of a slender coiled or bent, rigid* or semirigid* filament
which extends the full length of the surface.
| | (1)
Note. Patents having peculiar interlocking structure (i.e.,
head) have been crossed into this subclass from its indented subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 575, | for a separable-fastener* having two similarly
shaped, sized, and operated interlocking faces. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 264, | Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes,
subclasses 280 through 290.7for shaping indefinite length work. |
|
| | |
| 392 | With stringer tape interwoven or knitted therewith: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Zipper* provided with an intermediate mounting
strip which is attached to the coiled or bent filament by the intertwining
of plural slender elements which form the material of the strip and
the filament during a weaving or knitting operation.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 66, | Textiles: Knitting,
subclasses 192 and 193 for a warp knit fabric incorporating an
unknitted material (e.g., nominally recited interlocking wire for zipper). |
| 139, | Textiles: Weaving,
subclass 384 for woven fabrics having a special shape (e.g.,
zipper stringer tapes and nominally recited zipper tooth). |
|
| | |
| 393 | With stringer tape having specific weave or knit pattern: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Zipper* provided with an intermediate mounting
strip which both (a) connects the filament to the structure-to-be-secured*,
and (b) is formed by intertwining plural slender elements into a
piece of material having a particular woven or knitted pattern.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 66, | Textiles: Knitting,
subclasses 192 and 193 for a warp knit fabric incorporating an
unknitted material. |
| 139, | Textiles: Weaving,
subclass 384 for woven fabrics having a special shape. |
|
| | |
| 396 | Attached by stitching: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Coiled or bent filament attached by stitching to either
the structure-to-be-secured* or an intermediate mounting
strip intended to be connected thereto.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 393, | 394, and 395, for structure which is usually used
in conjunction with stitching to mount the interlocking surface. |
|
| | |
| 398 | With stringer tape having distinctive property (e.g., heat
sensitive): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Zipper* provided with an intermediate mounting
strip having a distinctive physical property used to enhance the
attachment between the strip and the filament.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 397, | for a continuous wire interlocking surface attached
to a stringer tape by stitching and either the string or stringer
tape having a distinctive property which effects the attachment. |
|
| | |
| 399 | Having interlocking surface with continuous cross section: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper* including at least one interlocking surface
consisting of either a single member or plural aligned members having
a specific and continuous cross-sectional formation perpendicular
to and along the full length of the interlocking surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 576, | for a separable-fastener* having two elongated,
similarly shaped, interlocking faces which each have parallel cross
sections of identical shape along their full length. |
|
| | |
| 400 | Opposed interlocking surface having dissimilar cross section: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 399. Zipper* in which the two opposed interlocking surfaces
have different cross-sectional formations.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 587, | for a separable-fastener* having an elongated,
resilient, interlocking face with identically shaped, parallel cross sections
along its full length. |
|
| | |
| 401 | Having interlocking surface formed from single member with
varying cross section: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zippers* including at least one interlocking surface
formed from a single member and having a cross-sectional shape which
varies at different points perpendicular to and located along its
length.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 577, | for a separable-fastener* having two, similarly
shaped, interlocking faces which each have parallel cross sections
of varying shape along their length. |
|
| | |
| 403 | Interlocking surface constructed from plural elements in
series: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper* including specific details of an interlocking
surface which is constructed from plural, discrete elements (i.e.,
teeth) attached in a series either directly to the structure-to-be-secured* or
to an intermediate mounting strip (i.e., stringer) which is intended
to be connected to the structure-to-be-secured* in another
distinct operation. |
| | |
| 404 | Having either noninterlocking element in, interrupted,
or unequal length series: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Zipper* wherein the series of elements of one of
the interlocking surfaces either (a) includes one or more elements
in the series having no exterior face intended to interlock with
an element of the mating surface, (b) includes a gap between two
of the elements in the series which is significantly larger than
the spacing between the majority of elements in the series, or (c)
extends a significantly longer distance than the opposed series
of elements. |
| | |
| 406 | Dissimilar opposed elements: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Zipper* wherein at least one discrete element of
an interlocking surface is dissimilar in construction or configuration
to the discrete element in the opposed surface with which it is intended
to engage when the zipper* is closed. |
| | |
| 407 | Wire element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Element wherein the portion of the element intended to contact
and interlock with an element of the mating interlocking surface
is formed from a slender, rigid* or semirigid* filament.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 391, | through 398, for an interlocking surface formed from a single
coiled or bent continuous wire. |
|
| | |
| 408 | Preattached to mounting cord: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Discrete elements premounted during the manufacture of the
zipper* to a distinct strand before being attached as a
unit in a latter manufacturing step.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 401, | and 402, for an interlocking surface formed (e.g.,
molded) from a single continuous member having a varying cross section
at different points along its length. |
|
| | |
| 409 | Having interlocking portion with specific shape: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Element wherein the portion of the discrete element intended
to contact and interlock with a portion of an identical discrete
element or elements of the mating interlocking surface includes
a face having specific shape or contour (e.g., hooked). |
| | |
| 413 | Having mounting portion with specific shape or structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Discrete element wherein the portion of the element intended
to contact and facilitate attaching it to either the structure-to-be-secured* or
the mounting strip includes a particular structural formation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 682.1, | through 696, for a separable-fastener* having means
for mounting one of its members to the structure-to-be-secured* or
a support therefor. |
|
| | |
| 414 | Including embracing jaws: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 413. Element attaching portion including a pair of opposed cooperating
jaws which embrace either the structure-to-be-secured* or
the mounting strip.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 688, | through 690, for a separable-fastener* with one of its
members provided with deformable means formed from or fixedly attached
to it for mounting it to the structure-to-be-secured* or
a support therefor. |
|
| | |
| 416 | Including relatively movable spaced wings (i.e., restraining
walls): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Sliding device including two spaced walls located on opposite
sides of the structure-to-be-secured* which are connected
together in a manner allowing relative movement therebetween and
utilized both (a) to support the interlocking surface camming and
shifting components of the device, and (b) to restrain the separation
of the interlocking surfaces.
| | (1)
Note. The spaced walls of this subclass merely restrain the
separation of the contacted segment of the interlocking surfaces
within a fixed bounded region for alignment purposed and do not
shift the surfaces into an interlocked position. | |
| | |
| 417 | Including converging channel and relatively movable separator
island: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Sliding device in which the surface camming and shifting
components include (a) two converging walls forming a channel which
forces the two interlocking surfaces towards each other and into
engagement when the sliding device is traveling in one direction,
and (b) a member located between and movable relative to both of
the channel walls which forces the two interlocking surfaces away
from each other and out of engagement when the sliding device is
traveling in the opposite direction. |
| | |
| 418 | Including position locking-means attached thereto: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Sliding device including locking-means* attached
thereto and operated either (a) by a sudden separation force on
the structure-to-be-secured*, or (b) by hand for anchoring
the sliding device at any position located along the length of the
interlocking surfaces.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 387, | and 388, for nonrepetitive stationary means distinguishable
from the interlocking surface for anchoring the slider. |
|
| | |
| 419 | Protrusion on pull tab directly engaging interlocking surfaces: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 418. Sliding device provided with a movably attached member (e.g.,
bar, chain) by which the pulling force necessary to shift the device along
the length of the surfaces is transmitted, and wherein the locking-means* for
the sliding device consists of either an integrally formed or rigidly
affixed protrusion which is located on the pull member and engages
with the interlocking surfaces when the pull member is moved relative
to the slider. |
| | |
| 420 | Having surface engaging element shifted by reorientation
of pull tab: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 418. Sliding device provided with a movably attached member (e.g.,
bar, chain) by which the pulling force necessary to shift the device along
the length of the interlocking surfaces is transmitted, and wherein
the locking-means* for anchoring the sliding device includes
an element either separate from or movably attached to the pull
member which is engaged with the interlocking surfaces when the
pull member is reoriented or relocated relative to the sliding device. |
| | |
| 421 | Resilient or spring biased element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 420. Locking-means* wherein the interlocking surface
engaging element is either (a) constructed to be resilient* (b)
made from a resilient* material, or (c) is attached to
a spring which pulls it toward an initial position. |
| | |
| 423 | With relatively movable link: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 421. Locking-means* provided with a separate, motion
transmitting, linking member located between the pull member and
the resilient* or spring biased element and movable relative
to each. |
| | |
| 425 | Having aperture cooperation with guide post: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 421. Locking-means* in which an aperture is formed in
the interlocking surface engaging element for encircling a relatively
fixed column or finger which limits this encompassing portion of
the element to travel along the column"s length. |
| | |
| 426 | Including means preventing bunching of structure-to-be-secured
or stringer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Sliding device including means either formed from or attached
to the sliding device for preventing the gathering, puckering, or
wrinkling of either (a) the structure-to-be-secured*, or
(b) an intermediate mounting strip utilized in mounting the interlocking
surfaces to the structure-to-be-secured* at one location
during the travel of the sliding device. |
| | |
| 427 | Having specific contour or arrangement of converging channel,
separator island, or wing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Sliding device including specific details of either the
shape of or the assembled relationship between (a) a channel portion
of the sliding device having converging walls which partially encompass
and force together the interlocking surfaces when the sliding device travels
in one direction, (b) a wedging portion of the sliding device which
pushes between and forces apart the interlocking surfaces when the device
travels in the opposite direction, or (c) a wall portion of the
sliding device which supports the channel and wedging portions and restrains
the outward movement of the interlocking surfaces within a fixed
bounded region for alignment purposes. |
| | |
| 429 | Including pull tab attaching means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Sliding device including both (a) member through which the
pulling force necessary to shift the device along the length of
the interlocking surface is transmitted to the sliding device and
(b) means for attaching this member to the sliding device. |
| | |
| 431 | With ornamental slider: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Sliding device provided with at least one component intended
to enhance the appearance of the sliding device (e.g., decorative
indicia thereof, a symbolic configuration, ornamental material attached
thereto). |
| | |
| 432 | With means for concealing surfaces: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper* provided with a member which covers the
interlocking surfaces concealing them from view and is either formed
for a portion of an intermediate strip (i.e., stringer) utilized
in mounting the interlocking surfaces to the structure-to-be-secured*,
an independent piece of material attached to either the mounting
strip or the structure-to-be-secured.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 389, | for a member which conceals the interlocking surfaces
from view and prevents the passage of a particular substance through
the joint (e.g., water). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclasses 265 and 266 for general apparel structure (e.g., cover flap)
which is used with attachment fasteners. |
|
| | |
| 434 | Having specific mounting connection or reinforcing structure
at connection: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 433. Aligning means having either (a) specific structure for
attaching the aligning means to the structure-to-be-secured* or
to an intermediate mounting strip utilized in interconnecting the
aligning means to the structure-to-be-secured*, or (b)
specific structure near the attachment joint for reinforcing and
preventing damage to the structure-to-be-secured* or the mounting
strip. |
| | |
| 435 | Including means attaching interlocking surfaces together: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper* including means distinct from the interlocking
surfaces for attaching at least one portion of an interlocking surface
to the opposed interlocking surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 390, | for a separable-fastener* which secures
the upper ends of two stringer tapes together without effecting
the operation of the zipper* (i.e., the securing is not
necessary for the normal operation of the zipper*). |
|
| | |
| 436 | Including means for obstructing movement of slider: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Zipper* including means separate from the sliding
device which prevents or slows the movement of the device along
the interlocking surfaces beyond the point at which it is located (e.g.,
end of surface).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 388, | for means which obstruct slider movement combined
with structure for anchoring the slider. |
| 435, | for means which obstruct slider movement and attaches
the interlocking surfaces together. |
|
| | |
| 437 | SLIT CLOSING MEANS INCLUDING GUIDES ON OPPOSITE EDGES OF
SLIT AND SLIDABLE BRIDGING COMPONENT: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising means which either pulls together
or covers an elongated opening in the structure-to-be-secured*,
and includes (a) guides located on the opposite longitudinal edges
of the opening, and (b) a component which contacts both opposed
guides and slides thereon when moving to or from a position where
it extends across the gap between the longitudinal edges of the
opening to shut or cover it.
| | (1)
Note. See the class definition for patent placement procedure. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 36, | Boots, Shoes, and Leggings,
subclasses 50.1 through 54for closure for uppers. |
|
| | |
| 438 | With hand-actuated lever for shifting bridging component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 437. Subject matter provided with a hand-actuated*, rigid* element
which is pivotally connected to the sliding component and shifts
the component between different positions when manual force is applied
thereto and the element is swung about the pivot connection. |
| | |
| 442 | INCLUDING READILY DISSOCIABLE FASTENER HAVING NUMEROUS,
PROTRUDING, UNITARY FILAMENTS RANDOMLY INTERLOCKING WITH, AND SIMULTANEOUSLY
MOVING TOWARDS, MATING STRUCTURE (E.G., HOOK-LOOP TYPE FASTENER): |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter including means (1) for securing a segment
of the structure-to-be-secured* to either supporting structure
therefor or a distinct segment thereof in a manner allowing the
securement to be quickly detached, and (2) having a multiplicity
of individual threadlike (i.e., the size of a cross-sectional area
thereof taken perpendicular to its longitudinal axis being extremely
small when compared to the area of the common mounting surface for
the members) members which (a) each have all of their components
integral with or fixedly attached to one another (b) are mounted
to a common mounting surface anchored to the structure-to-be-secured* or
a support structure therefor from which they extend upwardly, and
(c) are intended to move both without preorientation and in unison towards
engagement with separate, opposed structure attached to, formed
from, or consisting of the distinct segment of the structure-to-be-secured* or
the support structure therefor with which each threadlike member
individually and mechanically interlocks (i.e., its movement is
restricted in the direction in which force is transmitted thereto
by the structure-to-be-secured*) to complete the securement.
| | (1)
Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclasses several
of the threadlike members should, by disclosure, be mounted along
each side of the common mounting surface to allow random alignment
of the means with the opposed structure at any given orientation
of the mounting surface. |
| | (2)
Note. Patents which claim only structure details of a single,
interlocking, threadlike member which is solely disclosed as being
utilized in a securing means proper for this and the indented subclasses
have been placed in these subclasses on a disclosure basis. |
| | (3)
Note. See the class definition for patent placement procedure. |
| | (4)
Note. Pointed or barbed threadlike members which pierce the
unmodified surface of the structure-to-be-secured* or a support
therefor to complete the securement operation are considered proper
for this and the indented subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 31, | for a fastener of the type proper for this subclass
which is utilized in connecting together the ends of a driving belt. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 28, | Textiles: Manufacturing,
subclass 161 for pile fabric specifically fabricated or treated
for utilization in forming a separable-fastener*. |
| 428, | Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles,
subclass 100 for a structurally defined web or sheet including
a hook or barb fastener for attachment to an external surface. |
|
| | |
| 443 | With distinct structure for sealing securement joint: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 442. Securing means provided with structure which does not form
a portion of any of the interlocking, threadlike members and which
prevents the passage of a particular substance (e.g., water) through
the joint formed between the interlocking members and the opposed
structure with which they interlock during the securing operation. |
| | |
| 448 | Thermal or adhesive: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 447. Mounting feature utilizing either the thermal properties
or molecular adhesive forces of the threadlike members, mounting
surface, or a separate mounting substance in the mounting operation. |
| | |
| 453 | INDEPENDENT, HEADED, APERTURE-PASS-THROUGH FASTENER: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising a securing means which (1) is
separated from (i.e., not mounted or attached to) both the structure-to-be-secured* and
any supporting structure therefor, (2) includes a relatively narrow
shank portion intended to (a) first pass freely through (i.e., not
interlock with) an initial preformed aperture in the structure-to-be-secured* or
supporting structure therefor and (b) then interlock with (i.e.,
movement of the securing means is restricted in a direction force
is exerted thereon by the structure-to-be-secured*) an
aligned structural modification (e.g., aperture) or peculiarity
(e.g., bend) in either the supporting structure or a separate area
of the structure-to-be-secured*, and (3) includes an enlarged, insertion-force-transmitting
head portion which in final position contacts the surface area around
the initial aperture preventing the terminal end of the securing
means from passing therethrough.
| | (1)
Note. The area around the aperture in the structure-to-be-secured* is
held or gripped between the headed portion of the securing means
and the face of the structural modification or peculiarity after
interlock has taken place. |
| | (2)
Note. The shank portion of the fastening means is always narrower
in at least one dimension than the headed portion thereof during
the insertion operation, however, it may include a section which before
or after it is passed through the aperture expands from a contracted
configuration to a configuration as wide or wider than the headed
portion. |
| | (3)
Note. A securing means which in addition includes a component
which does not pass through the aperture and engages the tip of
the shank to complete its interlock with the modifications or peculiarities
is only considered proper for this subclass if the component is totally
separate from the remainder of the securing means and is found in
subclasses 455-571 if linked by connecting structure (see subclass
455, (1) Note. |
| | (4)
Note. See the class definition for patent placement procedures. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 41.1, | through 48, for cuff holders having similar structure and operation
to the fasteners of this subclass. |
| 573+, | for similar fasteners which include three separate
components and have at least two of these components formed from
either (1) material distinct from that of the structure-to-be-secured* or a
support therefor and not encompassed thereby, or (2) the material
of the structure-to-be-secured* or the support therefor,
however, in this instance, both of these components if one includes
an apertures must either, (a) have their interlocking structure remain
unaligned with each other along the central axis of the aperture when
in their final interlocked position, or (b) have the third element engage
each in a separate distinct interlocking operation. |
| 706, | for a headed pin fastener. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclasses 405+ for a separate connector, fastener, or retainer
for connecting together rigid or semirigid panels in which either
(a) a peculiar cooperating configuration between the panels is claimed,
or (b) plural connectors, fasteners, or retainers are claimed in
a particular arrangement. |
| 411, | Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed,
or Locked-Threaded Fastener, for headed fastener which are either (a) impact
driven, (b) rotated by a torque applying tool, (c) have a permanently
deformed tip, or (d) have a pointed material impaling tip. |
|
| | |
| 454 | FASTENER WITH REVOLVING COMPONENT WRAPPING STRUCTURE-TO-BE-SECURED
ABOUT FASTENER: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising a fastener having a component
revolving about (i.e., rotating at least 360°) a relatively
stationary component of the fastener along with a continuously engaged
segment of a flaccid* structure-to-be-secured* to
thereby wind the structure-to-be-secured* about at least
one component of the fastener. |
| | |
| 455 | CLASP, CLIP, SUPPORT-CLAMP, OR REQUIRED
COMPONENT THEREOF: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising a clasp*, clip*, support
clamp*, or required component (i.e., a
surface of the mechanism having the sole purpose of gripping a structure-to-be-secured*) thereof.
| | (1)
Note. Securing means having a component cooperating
with a structural modification formed in or from a portion of the
structure-to-be-secured* (e.g., extending
through an aperture formed in the structure-to-be-secured*) when
operating are not considered proper for this and the indented subclasses
if the sole function of this modification is for the securing operation
and are generally found in separable-fasteners*. The
only exceptions to this statement are when (a) the
component of the securing means cooperating with the modification
is used to connect the article gripping face of a support-clamp* to
the structure-to-be-secured* which
forms the opposed gripping face, of the support-clamp*, it is
then proper for subclass 458 if the article gripping face is claimed
and the supporting article has no special structural modification (e.g., another
aperture being gripped by the faces), or (b) the component
is located on one gripping face of an independent clasp* (i.e., a clasp* unconnected
in any manner to either another portion of the structure-to-be-secured* or
a supporting structure therefor) which is intended to merely grip
two segments of the structure-to-be-secured* together
and has its component supporting gripping face linked to its opposed
gripping face solely by structure which does not pass through the structural
modification in the structure-to-be-secured*. |
| | (2)
Note. See Lines With Other Classes of the class definition
of this class for the line between Classes 24 and 248. Also, see
the search note to Class 24 in the class definition of Class 248. |
| | (3)
Note. Securing means having a component which penetrates
or forms a passageway through the structure-to-be-secured* when
operating are not considered proper for this and the indented subclasses
and are found generally below in subclass 706 and its indented subclasses. The
only exception is when the penetrating component is (a) intended
to enhance the gripping action and is located on and protrudes at
an angle skewed to the structure-to-be-secured* contacting
surface of one of the relatively movable, interconnected, opposed
gripping faces of a clasp*, clip*, or
support-clamp*, and (2) not
restricted by structure which contacts the portion of the penetrating component
extending through the structure-to-be-secured* to
prevent its removal in a direction opposed to that of its entry
into the structure-to-be-secured*. |
| | (4)
Note. See the class definition for patent placement
procedures. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 41.1, | through 48, for devices for holding cuffs. |
| 67, | for paper fasteners, clipboards, and other
paper clamping devices which cooperate with specific paper structure
for holding the paper in a given position. Paper fasteners
of a more general utility are classified under subclass 455 or its
indented subclasses. |
| 72.5, | for clasps*, clips* or
support- clamps* which cooperate with specific
bedclothes structure for holding bedclothes in a given position. Bedclothes
holders of a more general utility are classified under subclass
455 or its indented subclasses. |
| 115, | for a cord or rope engaging fastener which is a
component of a clasp* and holds one portion of a cord or
rope relative to another portion of a cord or rope where the cord
or rope has another principal function (i.e., it
is the structure-to-be-secured* since
it has principle utility outside this class). |
| 163, | for devices which grasp belt like bands in the manner
of a buckle. |
| 265, | for a strap-end-attaching device
combined with an unclaimed clasp*, clip*, or
support-clamp*. |
| 706.2, | through 710.2, for devices which grasp pins to prevent their loss. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclasses 300 through 342for clasps*, clips*, support-clamps* used
to support or retain garments or to hold parts of a garment supporter together
where significant structure or features of the garments or parts
held (i.e., details not required
for gripping) are claimed. See (1) Note
of the class definition of this class. |
| 5, | Beds, particularly
subclasses 402 through 410for devices for securing a cover to a pad or bottom
of a bedstead; subclass 411 for devices for securing a
portion of a mattress on to a section of a bed which has been unfolded
or extended; and subclass 498 for devices for holding bedclothes on
the bed or details of the bedclothes. Details of the specific
bedclothes, bed, or portion thereof must be claimed. |
| 15, | Brushing, Scrubbing, and General Cleaning, particularly
subclass 257.2 for a clasp* for attaching dustpans to brushes
or brooms. |
| 16, | Miscellaneous Hardware (e.g., Bushing, Carpet
Fastener, Caster, Door Closer, Panel
Hanger, Attachable or Adjunct Handle, Hinge, Window
Sash Balance, etc.), particularly
subclasses 4+ through 17for a device (e.g., clip*, clasp*, or
support-clamp*) peculiar to, or
having a sole disclosure for use in, securing a carpet
to the floor of a building; and subclass 428 for a device
peculiar to, or having a sole disclosure for use in, securing
a cord pull handle to window blind. |
| 29, | Metal Working, particularly
subclass 13 and 400.1+, for a process
of manufacturing a metal clasp*, clip* or
support-clamp*. Search in particular subclasses
33, 650, and 700-283.5 for the
means for performing the process. |
| 38, | Textiles: Ironing or Smoothing, particularly
subclass 102.91 for fabric fasteners attached to a stretcher frame. |
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, particularly
subclasses 16.4+ for a check, label, or tag holder
using a clamp for attachment to a body. |
| 63, | Jewelry, particularly
subclasses 12 through 14.9for earrings which claim the details of the ornamental setting
or of the ear engaging portions. |
| 69, | Leather Manufactures, particularly
subclasses 19 through 19.3for apparatus (e.g., a
clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp*) peculiar
to or having a sole disclosure for use in the stretching or holding
of leather. |
| 72, | Metal Deforming, particularly
subclasses 293 -323, 422, and 423 for
a clasp* used in deforming metal. |
| 73, | Measuring and Testing, particularly
subclasses 831 through 833and 856-860 for apparatus (e.g., a
clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp*) peculiar
to or having a sole disclosure for use in specimen measuring and
testing. |
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism, particularly
subclasses 144 through 169for a device (e.g., a
clasp*) which intermittently grips, for
the purpose of moving, a member (e.g., a
polish rod); and subclass 579 for a pitmen or
connecting rod and its gripping device. |
| 132, | Toilet, particularly
subclass 41 for hair retained curlers with a clasp* type
hair fastener; and subclasses 46 and 48 for curl, clasp*, or
barrette-type hair fasteners. |
| 140, | Wireworking, particularly
subclasses 82 and 83 for devices for making or forming a wire
clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp*. |
| 156, | Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture, particularly
subclass 66 for a method of manufacturing an adhesively bonded clasp *, clip *, or
support-clamp *. |
| 160, | Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or
Panel, particularly
subclasses 349.1 and 349.2 for hung drapes combined with
drape holding means; and subclasses 382-404 for
fabric fastening means. |
| 164, | Metal Founding, particularly
subclasses 1 through 138for process of molding a metallic clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp*. |
| 173, | Tool Driving or Impacting, particularly
subclasses 163+ for a machine wrench which grips and rotates a
pipe or rod (e.g., a well pipe
to move it into and out of a material). |
| 175, | Boring or Penetrating the Earth, particularly
subclass 422 for a clasp* (e.g., a
well slip assembly) which separately travels with an earth
boring shaft or which cooperates with specifically shaped well structure
which stops or actuates the clasp*. A broader claiming
of a well drilling apparatus is not sufficient for placement in
Class 175. |
| 188, | Brakes, particularly
subclass 67 for a brake (e.g., a
clasp*) mechanically connected to a relatively
stationary structure and which holds a pipe or rod at various locations
along the pipe"s or rod"s length for short, quick linear
assembly or disassembly during a work or manufacturing operation, or preparatory
to a working operation, done by the pipe, rod, or
a pipe supported tool. |
| 211, | Supports: Racks, appropriate subclasses for structure which supports and
article against the pull of gravity or holds it in a storage position; particularly
subclasses 119.11 through 119.13for article gripper means supported by, and
in combination with, a clothesline. |
| 248, | Supports, appropriate subclasses for structure which supports
an article against the pull of gravity or holds it in a storage
position. |
| 249, | Static Molds, particularly
subclasses 205+ for mold adjuncts which function to hold the mold
parts in operative relation. |
| 254, | Implements or Apparatus for Applying Pushing or
Pulling Force, appropriate subclasses for a clasp* attached to
a work pushing or pulling implement or apparatus. |
| 264, | Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating: Processes, particularly
subclasses 239 through 339for a process of mechanical shaping or molding
to form or reform a shaped, plastic or nonmetallic clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp*. |
| 269, | Work Holders, appropriate subclasses for clamps which hold an
article (e.g., a well pipe or
rod) while modifying work is done on it, or while
a plurality of articles are being located in an assembled arrangement. |
| 279, | Chucks or Sockets, appropriate subclasses for a chuck or socket which grips
a pipe, rod, or tool which is intended to be rotated
or repeatedly reciprocated by an unclaimed power boring source. |
| 280, | Land Vehicles, particularly
subclasses 170 through 178and 183-192 for whip and rein holders
on a vehicle. |
| 281, | Books, Strips, and Leaves, particularly
subclass 42 for book leaf holders and marks. |
| 292, | Closure Fasteners, particularly
subclasses 305 and 306 for rod clamps for securing closures in
an adjusted position. |
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, particularly
subclasses 86+ and 102 for a grapple which is disclosed for gripping
articles (e.g., well pipes or
rods) being moved between two locations by either a hand
or cable lifting force. |
| 373, | Industrial Electrical Heating Furnaces, particularly
subclasses 94 through 101for clamps for holding electrodes in an arc furnace. |
| 396, | Photography, appropriate subclasses and particularly
subclasses 511 through 528for devices peculiar to the holding of photographic
film. |
| 402, | Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or
Notch of Sheet, appropriate subclasses for clamping devices which
cooperate with an aperture or notch in sheet material. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections, appropriate subclasses for means securing plural members
together whereby the means is involved in a particular cooperation or
relation with the members. See in particular
subclasses 344 , 345-400, and digest
5 for carbon rod holders. |
| 425, | Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating: Apparatus, appropriate subclasses for means to injection mold
plastic or earthenware component parts of a clasp*, clip*, or
support-clamp*. |
| 439, | Electrical Connectors, appropriate subclasses for a clamping device associated
with connecting conductors of electricity. |
| 602, | Surgery: Splint, Brace, or
Bandage,
subclass 79 for bandage restrainers. |
| 623, | Prosthesis (i.e., Artificial
Body Members), Parts Thereof, or Aids
and Accessories Therefor,
subclass 57 for hooks of the artificial hand type. |
| D2, | Apparel and Haberdashery, particularly
subclasses 405+ for clothing fastener designs. |
|
| | |
| 456 | Gripping member adapted for tool actuation or release: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* having
a gripping member specifically shaped or arranged for direct cooperation
with a separate hand or power operated, force transmitting implement (i.e.,
a tool) which causes an engaging surface of the gripping member
to be nondestructively moved into or out of securing contact with
a structure-to-be-secured* or supporting member by direct
force from the implement.
| | (1)
Note. Clasps*, clips*, or support- clamps* having
intermediate operators* such as cams, screws, or bolts
which are actuated or released by a tool are not proper for this
subclass and may be found elsewhere under subclass 455. |
| | (2)
Note. The combination of a clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* and a positively claimed tool is found
in the class providing for the particular tool. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 703, | for a nonflaccid fastener destructively secured
and reshaped or deformed by a tool distortion force. |
| 704, | for a two part, interlocking fastener requiring
either destructive or tool disengagement. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 411, | Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed,
or Locked-Threaded Fastener, for headed fasteners which are either (a) impact
driven, (b) rotated by a torque applying tool, (c) have a permanently
deformed tip, or (d) have a pointed material impaling tip. |
|
| | |
| 457 | With specific mounting means for attaching to rigid or
semirigid supporting structure or structure-to-be-secured: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* provided
with specific means for attaching it to a rigid* or semirigid* (a)
supporting structure, or (b) structure-to-be-secured*.
| | (1)
Note. The actual mounting means, per se, must be positively
claimed for the combination to be considered proper for this subclass.
The mere claiming of a clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* which is "adapted" for
mounting is considered insufficient for placement herein. The clasp*,
clip*, or support-clamp*, after being mounted
to the supporting structure or the structure-to-be-secured* is then
capable of gripping a structure-to-be-secured* or supporting
structure, respectively. |
| | (2)
Note. See (1) Note of subclass 455 for the line between this
subclass and subclass 572, Separable-Fastener or Required Component
Thereof. |
| | (3)
Note. A rigid* or semirigid* linking structure
(e.g., a suspension ring or a wire coat hanger) which merely (i.e.,
its sole disclosed function) connects the clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* to another structure which supports both the
clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* and the
linking structure is not considered alone to be a rigid* or
semirigid* support structure. |
| | (4)
Note. This subclass does not include peculiar mounting formations
which either (1) (a) require the supporting structure to first pass
through the passageway formed by opposed structure-to-be-secured* engaging
surfaces and (b) are extensions of this passageway simply located
further therealong or (2) are intended to be capable of alternately being
utilized to grip the structure-to-be-secured* (e.g., not
plural clasping sections). |
| | (5)
Note. See Lines With Other Classes in the class definition
of this class for the line between Classes 24 and 248. Also, see
the search note to Class 24 in the class definition of Class 248. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 67, | for paper fasteners, clipboards and other paper
clamping devices which cooperate with specific paper structure for
holding the paper in a given position. Paper fasteners of a more general
utility are classified under subclass 455 or its indented subclasses. |
| 289, | through 297, for similar fasteners attaching a decorative trim
molding strip to the exterior of a vehicle or similar body. |
| 485, | for independently operable clasp*, clips*,
or support-clamps* connected by a rigid*, nongripping,
specifically shaped portion, e.g., a yoke. |
| 478, | 479, 489, 497, 529, and 532, for a clasp*,
clip*, or support-clamp* provided with mounting
means for attaching to a flaccid* supporting structure
or structure-to-be-secured*. |
| 531, | for integrally combined, independently operable,
diverse, resilient* clasp*, clips*, or
support-clamps*. |
| 545, | through 563, for plural, one-piece, resilient* fastener
faces connected by an integral connecting structure. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 211, | Supports: Racks,
subclasses 13+ for special article supports; and subclasses 86+ for
specially mounted or attached supports or racks. |
| 223, | Apparel Apparatus,
subclasses 85 through 98for clamps combined with a specific apparel hanger. |
| 248, | Supports, appropriate subclasses for mounted supports in general. |
| 403, | Joint and Connections, for a separate connector, fastener, or retainer
for connecting together rigid* or semirigid* panels
in which either (a) a peculiar cooperating configuration between
the panels is claimed, or (b) plural connectors, fasteners, or arrangement. |
|
| | |
| 458 | For cooperating with aperture in supporting structure or
structure-to-be-secured: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Attaching means which cooperates with a preformed opening
in either the supporting structure or the structure-to-be-secured.
| | (1)
Note. A support-clamp* mounted to a structure-to-be-secured* via
an aperture therethrough must not pass through an additional aperture
on the supporting structure which is for the sole purpose of cooperating
with the support-clamp*. See subclass 455, (1) Note. |
| | (2)
Note. See subclass 453, (3) Note and subclass 573, (2) Note
for further distinctions between those subclasses and this. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 289, | through 297, for similar fasteners used to attach a decorative
trim molding strip to the exterior of a vehicle or similar body. |
| 573+, | for a separable-fastener* which includes
three separate components and either (a) has at least two of these components
formed from material other than that of the structure-to-be-secured* or
a support structure therefor or (b) has two of these components formed
from the material of the structure-to-be-secured* or a
support structure therefor, but not aligned with each other when
in their final fastening position. |
|
| | |
| 459 | Dissociable gripping members: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp* having two completely detached gripping
members (i.e., the gripping members not being connected to each
other in any manner) which are intended to mate or interlock with each
other at a specific location while grasping the structure-to-be-secured* therebetween.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 530, | through 567, for a resilient mechanism which mates or interlocks
with structure which has an additional and usually principle function
other than normally associated with this class (e.g., a lawn chair
frame or a curtain rod) for grasping the structure-to-be-secured* (e.g.,
the lawn chair webbing or the curtain) therebetween. |
| 572+, | for detached gripping members not gripping the structure-to-be-secured* therebetween
when interlocking. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 16, | Miscellaneous Hardware (e.g., Bushing, Carpet
Fastener, Caster, Door Closer, Panel Hanger, Attachable or Adjunct
Handle, Hinge, Window Sash Balance, etc.),
subclasses 4 through 17for similar mechanisms for grasping carpets. |
| 160, | Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclasses 391 and 392-394 for similar mechanisms for fastening
fabric to an elongated element. |
|
| | |
| 460 | Channel and inserted bar: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 459. Detached gripping members including one gripping member
having a generally C-shaped cross section and the other gripping
member being a rodlike element which fits into the opening of the
C-shaped gripping member when grasping the structure-to-be-secured* therebetween.
| | (1)
Note. A channel or bar of any suitable length is considered
appropriate for this subclass. | |
| | |
| 461 | Having operator or locking means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 460. Detached gripping members having either (a) an operator* for
moving one of the gripping members into contact with the structure-to-be-secured*,
or (b) locking means* not directly engaging the structure-to-be-secured* itself
but retaining the opposed gripping members in contact therewith.
| | (1)
Note. The operator* must not directly contact the
structure-to-be-secured* to be proper for this subclass. | |
| | |
| 462 | Resilient channel or bar: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 460. Detached gripping members wherein at least one of the gripping
members is either (a) constructed to be resilient*, or
(b) made from a resilient* material to aid in the mating
or interlocking of the gripping members.
| | (1)
Note. A gripping member merely formed from a resilient* material
but wherein the resiliency does not aid in the mating or interlocking
operation is not considered proper for this subclass. | |
| | |
| 464 | Having inserted and receiving interlocking members connected
by bendable, nonbiasing strap: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp* having (a) a projecting portion of one gripping
member (e.g., button, hook) inserted within a cavity portion of
the opposed gripping member (e.g., open loop, aperture, or slot member)
which receives both it and the structure-to-be-secured* in
such a manner as to subsequently restrict their relative movement
in the direction in which force is transmitted thereto by the structure-to-be-secured* and
(b) a flexible nongripping, elongated material through which the
gripping members are solely attached and which is capable of bending
at several points along its length without any essential resilient
biasing of either gripping member (i.e., the elongated material,
when formed from a resilient* substance, could theoretically
be replaced by a flaccid* material and the clasp* would
still function properly).
| | (1)
Note. The mere intermeshing or mating of opposed gripping
members is not considered to be interlocking unless the intermeshing
or mating portions tightly interfit or are otherwise held together
to restrict the separation of the gripping members. |
| | (2)
Note. Patents in which both interlocking members include a
cavity (e.g., open loop, aperture, or slot) which at least partially
encompasses a portion of the opposed member"s structure
are placed in this and the indented subclasses according to the
following rule: The cavity or receiving member is always the member
whose opening encompasses the larger portion of the mating structure"s
surface at the interlocking connection (i.e., area of mutual contact).
The only exception to this rule is when a hook (i.e., a projection
having its end bent back towards its connection to the structure-to-be-secured*)
is maneuvered through a closed encircling member, in this situation,
the fully encircling member is always considered the cavity or receiving
member. |
| | (3)
Note. The flexible, nonbiased material need not be fixedly
attached to either of the gripping members but may allow for the
sliding of either gripping member relative to the material. |
| | (4)
Note. See subclass 487 definition and notes for the distinction
between an elongated strap and a hinge. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 298, | for plural fasteners having an intermediate flaccid
connector. |
| 487, | for gripping members connected by integral, thin,
nonbiasing or discrete flaccid, connecting hinge. |
| 530, | through 567, for interlocking, gripping members connected by
a resiliently biased flexible (e.g., plastic) strap which is essential
to the proper functioning of the clasp*. |
|
| | |
| 465 | Discrete flaccid strap: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 464. Flexible, nonbiased, elongated material made from a separate,
flaccid* material.
| | (1)
Note. A multilink chain which acts in a flaccid* manner
is considered to be flaccid* even if its individual links
are rigid*. |
| | (2)
Note. While the flaccid* material must be separate
from both the inserted and the receiving members it may wrap around
either and form part or all of the member"s engaging surface. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 487, | for gripping members connected by a discrete, flaccid* connecting
hinge. |
| 530, | for interlocking, gripping members connected by
a flexible, biased, elongated material (e.g., elastic) whose biasing
force is essential to the proper function of the clasp*. |
|
| | |
| 466 | With distinct means for preventing separation of members: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Clasps* in which the gripping members are provided
with means remote from their projecting and cavity portions which
both prevents the gripping members from uncoupling and does not
contact the structure-to-be-secured*.
| | (1)
Note. The remote means may additionally cause the gripping
members to move into or out of contact with the structure-to-be-secured*. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 469, | for means which prevent separation of the gripping
members and contact the structure-to-be-secured*. |
|
| | |
| 467 | Slidably mounted: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 466. Uncoupling prevention means which is slidably guided and
moves relative to the structure-to-be-secured* engaging
surface of its gripping member while sliding along a linear or curvilinear
path. |
| | |
| 468 | With separate flaccid flap or pocket for protecting structure-to-be-secured: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Clasp provided with an attached separate (i.e., nonintegral)
piece or envelope of flaccid* material which is located
between one of the gripping members and the structure-to-be-secured* to
prevent injury to the structure-to-be-secured* by this
gripping member when the members are coupled together.
| | (1)
Note. The envelope may be an attached separate pocket of protective
material in which a gripping member is inserted in a readily removable
manner without requiring disassembly of the device before the gripping
members are coupled together. |
| | (2)
Note. The separate flap or envelope does not conform to the
specific shape of either gripping member"s interlocking portions
when in the uncoupled position (i.e., it is not a form fitted cavity
or projection member covering). | |
| | |
| 469 | With separate, cavity-blocking gate on receiving member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Cavity gripping member provided with a nonunitary, relatively
movable, structure-to-be-secured* engaging portion which
blocks the withdrawal path of the projection gripping member (a)
preventing its uncoupling from the cavity gripping member, and (b)
aiding in the gripping of the structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 466, | and 467, for means which prevent the separation
of the gripping members but does not contact the structure-to-be-secured*. |
|
| | |
| 470 | Resilient inserted or receiving member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Projection or cavity gripping member which is either (a)
made from a resilient* material, or (b) shaped in such
a manner that it is resiliently biased, to facilitate the coupling
of gripping members and the structure-to-be-secured*. |
| | |
| 471 | Inserted or receiving member substantially covered or coated
for protection or to promote gripping: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 470. Resilient* projection or cavity gripping member
completely covered or coated on all significant engaging surfaces
with a separate, uniformly thick material which will (a) prevent either
gripping member from damaging the structure-to-be-secured* during
use, or (b) enhance the gripping of the structure-to-be-secured*.
| | (1)
Note. While the covering or coating may conform to the shape
of either the cavity or the projection gripping member engaging
surface it is not intended to form any of the interlocking protrusions, etc.,
per se, and its primary purpose must be the protection or gripping
of the structure-to-be-secured*. |
| | (2)
Note. The portion of the inserted or receiving member used
for attaching it to the flaccid* connecting strap or other clasp* portion
is the only portion considered to be insignificant. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 468, | for a mechanism with a protecting flap or pocket
separate from the flaccid* connecting strap and between
the gripping members and the structure-to-be-secured*. |
| 473, | through 476, for resilient* projections having a nonmetallical
engaging faces which help form its interlocking protrusions, etc.,
per se. |
|
| | |
| 472 | Resilient inserted member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 470. Projection gripping member made from a resilient* material
or shaped such that it is resilient*.
| | (1)
Note. The receiving member may also be resilient* but
need not be so. | |
| | |
| 473 | Having engaging face formed from nonmetallic material: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Projection gripping member having an engaging surface made,
at least in part, from a nonmetallic material (e.g., rubber, wood)
which is either resilient* itself or biased by a resilient* portion
of the projection gripping member.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 471, | for a projection gripping member covered or coated
by a separate, uniformly thick material which conforms to the shape
of the projection gripping member engaging surface. |
|
| | |
| 474 | Having head and neck type engaging face: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 73. Nonmetallic engaging surface consisting of a body with an
enlarged engaging head formed on or attached to a relatively narrower
engaging stem (e.g., mushroom shaped).
| | (1)
Note. The engaging head may be enlarged in only one transverse
direction with respect to the stem. | |
| | |
| 476 | Circular head or neck: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 475. Projection gripping member wherein either the enlarged engaging
head or stem has a circular cross section in the direction transverse
to the longitudinal axis of the head or stem. |
| | |
| 478 | With specific means for attaching to flaccid strap or supporting
strap: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Clasp* wherein either (a) one of the gripping members
is provided with specific means for attaching it to the flaccid* material
connecting the gripping members together, or (b) a part of the clasp* is
provided with specific means for attaching the clasp* to
a support strap (e.g., garter strap).
| | (1)
Note. Details of the means for attaching must be positively
claimed for proper document placement herein as an original classification. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 265, | for strap-end-attaching devices not claiming the
clasp*, per se. |
|
| | |
| 479 | On the inserted member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 478. Specific attaching means on the projection gripping member
for attaching it to the flaccid* or the supporting strap.
| | (1)
Note. Details of the strap-end-attaching portion of the inserted
member must be claimed for placement herein as an original. |
| | (2)
Note. There may also be attaching means claimed connecting
(a) the cavity member to the flaccid* strap, or (b) the
clasp* to a support strap. | |
| | |
| 480 | Having necked button sliding along length of closed, variable
width loop: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Clasp* having (a) a projection gripping member
consisting of an enlarged engaging head formed on or attached to
a relatively narrower, rigid*, engaging stem (e.g., mushroom
shaped) and (b) a cavity gripping member consisting of an encircling
band or strip forming a variable width opening (e.g., keyhole shaped),
whereby the engaging stem of the projection gripping member is moved
from a wider portion of the cavity gripping member opening to a
narrower portion to securely grasp the structure-to-be-secured* therebetween
and prevent separation of the opposed projection and cavity gripping members.
| | (1)
Note. The cavity gripping may be attached to the flaccid* strap
or a supporting strap in such a manner as to form the closed loop
when viewed as a whole. | |
| | |
| 481 | Having flaccid gripping member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* having
at least a portion of one gripping member formed from flaccid* material.
| | (1)
Note. A multilink chain which acts in a flaccid* manner
in all directions is considered to be flaccid* even if
its individual links are rigid. |
| | (2)
Note. This subclass is not intended to include rigid* or
semirigid* engaging members covered by a flaccid* piece
of material. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 115, | for a cord or rope engaging fastener which is a
component of a clasp* and holds one portion of a cord or
rope relative to another portion of a cord or rope where the cord
or rope has another principal function (i.e., it is the structure-to-be-secured* since
it has principle utility outside this class). |
| 703, | for a permanently deformed clasp* for holding
ends of a flaccid* bandlike material together (e.g., a
garter clasp*). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 269, | Work Holders, particularly
subclass 131 for a work holder using a flaccid, constrictable
loop to grip an object which is being worked upon. |
|
| | |
| 482 | Formed from elastic material: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 481. Flaccid* gripping member formed from a material
having a natural springiness which both allows it to significantly
elongate in at least one direction when a tensional force is applied
to it in that direction and fully return to its original length
(i.e., it suffers no permanent deformation) after this force is
removed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 267, | Spring Devices,
subclass 153 for a rubber band, per se. |
|
| | |
| 483 | Encircling gripping member including semirigid band and
operator for tightening: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp* or support-clamp* wherein the gripping member
is completely wrapped around the structure-to-be-secured* or
a portion thereof and includes both a semirigid* strap
which at least partially encircles the structure-to-be-secured* and
an operator* for moving this strap into engagement with
the structure-to-be-secured*.
| | (1)
Note. The semirigid* strap may be a chain which is
not flaccid* in all direction. |
| | (2)
Note. The operator* must not directly contact the
structure-to-be-secured* to be proper for this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 19, | through 286, and the line notes thereunder, for similar art devices
for bundling bales, packages, or clamping hoses or the like. |
| 68+, | for strap tightener fasteners, per se. |
| 115+, | for a cord or rope engaging fastener which is a
component of a clasp* and holds one portion of a cord or
rope relative to another portion of a cord or rope where the cord
or rope has another principal function (i.e., it is the structure-to-be-secured* since
it has principal utility outside this class). |
| 463, | for an encircling, semirigid* band tightened
by a fluid force. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 269, | Work Holders, particularly
subclasses 130 through 132for a work holder using a constrictable loop to grip
an object which is being worked upon. |
|
| | |
| 484 | Encircling gripping member including semirigid band and
means for adjusting girth: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp* or support-clamp* wherein the gripping member
is completely wrapped around the structure-to-be-secured* or
a portion thereof and includes a semirigid* strap which
at least partially encircles the structure-to-be-secured* and
is provided with means permitting its length to be increased or
decreased to engage different sizes or amount of structure-to-be-secured*.
| | (1)
Note. The semirigid* strap may be a chain which is
not flaccid in all directions. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 16, | and the line notes thereunder, for similar art devices
for bundling bales, packages, or clamping hoses or the like. |
| 68, | and 483, for strap tighteners, per se, which also
have an adjustable girth. |
| 115, | for a cord or rope engaging fastener which is a
component of a clasp* and holds one portion of a cord or
rope relative to another portion of a cord or rope where the cord
or rope has another principal function (i.e., it is the structure-to-be-secured* since
it has principle utility outside this class). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 269, | Work Holders, particularly
subclasses 130 through 132for a work holder using a constrictable loop to grip
an object which is being worked upon. |
|
| | |
| 485 | With specifically shaped, nongripping, rigid structure
for connecting independently operable clasps, clips, or support-clamps: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* provided
with a rigid* specifically shaped, nongripping body (e.g.,
a yoke) or region for connecting together two or more clasp*,
clips*, or support-clamps* which are each capable
of functioning separately from one another and which are not formed
as a one piece body.
| | (1)
Note. The rigid* connecting structure may be either
integral with or separate from the clasps*, clips*,
or support-clamps* but must be for connecting one independently
operable clasp*, clip*, and support-clamp* to
another and not merely connecting opposing gripping members of either
or both clasp*, clip*, and support-clamps* together.
If the rigid* connecting structure is integral with either
or both clasps*, clip*, or support-clamp*,
the entire assemblage must be multipart in nature (i.e., both clasps*, clips*,
or support-clamps* and the rigid* structure must
not be formed together of a single piece of material). |
| | (2)
Note. A rodlike, straight connecting body or region with a
constant cross section throughout its length is not considered specifically
shaped. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 298, | for plural fasteners having intermediate flaccid* connector. |
| 305, | for combined, diverse multipart fasteners. |
| 457, | and 458, for clasps*, clips*,
or support- clamps* connected to a mounting means for attachment
to a rigid-supporting structure or structure-to-be-secured*. |
| 530, | for plural, resilient* opposing gripping
members connected by integral or separate rigid structure. |
| 531, | for integrally combined, independently operable,
diverse, resilient* clasps*, clips*,
or support-clamps*. |
| 545, | through 563, for plural, one piece, resilient fasteners connected
by an integral connecting structure. |
| 900.1, | for shirt collar holders. |
|
| | |
| 487 | Having either discrete flaccid or thin, nonbiasing, integral,
connecting hinge: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* having
two opposed gripping members connected by either (1) a separate
flaccid* connector, or (2) a unitary, relatively thin,
nonbiasing, connecting portion which has both (a) its length no
longer than its width (i.e., not elongated) and (b) a bending segment
about which one of the gripping members moves in a pivoting manner (i.e.,
similar to a conventional pivot pin arrangement).
| | (1)
Note. The connector"s or connecting portion"s
length is considered to be the distance it extends between the opposed gripping
members while its width is transverse to its length and larger than the
similarly transverse thickness. |
| | (2)
Note. Because of the short length of the connector or connector
portion, it only bends at a single location along its length. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 464, | through 480, for gripping members connected by a bendable, nonbiasing elongated
connecting strap. |
| 489, | through 521, for pivoted gripping members, per se. |
|
| | |
| 488 | Having equally spaced or continual gripping faces revolving
about central axis: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* having
evenly spread or relatively smooth and uninterrupted, engaging surfaces
with the extremities thereof equidistant from a region about which
the surfaces can completely rotate (i.e., at least 360°) to
aid in grasping structure-to-be-secured* or support structure.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass includes rollers or balls which revolve
about a translating central axis to engage the structure-to-be-secured*. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 489, | through 521, for a pivoted gripping member which swings about
a constantly contacted region. |
|
| | |
| 489 | Including pivoted gripping member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* including
a gripping member connected to another separate cooperating gripping
member in a manner allowing it to both (a) swing in an arcuate path about
a constantly contacted region located on either the other member
or intermediate structure linking it to the other member, and (b) have
relative movement between the contacting members or member and link
at the region.
| | (1)
Note. A distinct pivoted gripping member which swings about
a nonfixed point within a fixed region of and maintains constant
contact with the other member or linking structure is included herein. |
| | (2)
Note. The constantly contacted region may never be a spring
for biasing the gripping members but may be a coat hanger rod if
just claimed as a generic type pivot rod without any further details of
the hanger. |
| | (3)
Note. Gripping members which pivot only for the purpose of
adjustment prior to movement between a gripping and a nongripping
position are not considered proper for this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 454, | for a single rigid* gripping member pivotally
mounted to the fastener and wrapping the structure-to-be-secured* therearound
when pivoted. |
| 465, | through 480, for gripping members connected by a flaccid strap* or hinge. |
| 488, | for a clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* having
equally spaced or continued gripping faces revolving about a central
axis. |
| 530, | through 567, for gripping members formed from or mounted on a
resilient* member without maintaining separate constant
contact between the pivoted gripping member and either the other
member or linking structure. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 223, | Apparel Apparatus,
subclasses 85 through 98for clamps combined with a specifically claimed
apparel hanger. |
|
| | |
| 490 | Pivoted member also slides: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Swinging gripping member which additionally moves in a sliding
manner along the contact region of the opposed gripping member.
| | (1)
Note. The pivoted gripping member may slide either transversely
to or along the constantly contacted region. |
| | (2)
Note. A slidable engaging face (e.g., button) mounted on a
pivoted nonsliding gripping member is not considered proper for
this and the indented subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 492, | for a pivoted gripping member which either supports
or coacts with a sliding engaging face. |
|
| | |
| 491 | Tapered face: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 490. Gripping member which has nonparallel engaging surfaces
which cooperate with the engaging surfaces of the other gripping
member and wedge the structure-to-be-secured* therebetween.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 522, | for track or way guided sliding gripping members
which do not pivot. |
|
| | |
| 492 | Pivoting gripping member either supports or coacts with
sliding engaging face: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Swinging gripping member which either (a) carries a separate,
sliding, structure-to-be-secured* engaging surface for
cooperation with an opposed gripping member, or (b) coacts with
an opposed gripping member which has a separate sliding, structure-to-be-secured* engaging
surface carried thereon.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 490, | and 491, for a pivoted member which also slides
along its pivot contact region. |
| 503, | 504, 515, and 516, for a pivoted gripping member
having a sliding cam operator*. |
| 505, | and 517, for a pivoted gripping member having sliding,
locking means*. |
|
| | |
| 494 | Having toggle operator for moving: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* wherein
the swinging gripping member is shifted between positions by an
operator* including two rigid* arms, the first
arm being pivotally attached at opposite ends to both the second
arm and to the separate, swinging gripping member while the second
arm is additionally pivotally attached to the other gripping member
or to structure linking it thereto, the operator* transmitting
a force of varying intensity to the separate, swinging gripping
member as pressure is applied by moving the common connection of
the two arms in a direction transverse to the longitudinal axis
of either of the arms.
| | (1)
Note. The operator* must not directly contact the
structure-to-be-secured* to be proper for this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 493, | for similar structure in which one of the arms contacts
the structure-to-be-secured*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 269, | Work Holders, particularly
subclass 228 for toggle type means actuating a movable jaw for
holding an object which is being worked upon. |
|
| | |
| 495 | Having rigid linking arm pivotally connected to each gripping
member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Clasp*, clip* or support-clamp* having
the swinging gripping member connected to the other gripping member
by a rigid* linking element which has two spaced, nonaxially aligned,
constantly contacted rotational regions, one for each gripping member.
| | (1)
Note. While the mechanism herein may function in a togglelike
manner it is not a toggle operator* since the swinging
gripping member acts as one of the togglelike arms. |
| | (2)
Note. The rigid* linking arm never positively engages
(i.e., exerts a holding force thereon) the structure-to-be-secured* in
a gripping manner although they may touch one another. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 493, | for similar mechanisms in which the link positively
engages the structure-to-be-secured*. |
| 494, | for a pivoted engaging member moved by a separate
toggle operator*. |
|
| | |
| 496 | With extended lever portion: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 495. Linking element having a portion thereof which (a) extends
beyond one of the element"s rotational connections, and
(b) transmits a force exerted thereon to manipulate the swinging
gripping member into interlocking connection with the other gripping
member. |
| | |
| 498 | Pivoted gripping member applies camming force: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp wherein
the periphery of the engaging surface of the swinging gripping member
coacts against the engaging surface of an opposed gripping member and
applies continuous and progressively increasing pressure against
the structure-to-be-secured* as the swinging gripping member
is swung towards its final position.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 519, | for a U-shaped body having a pivoted projecting
member on one leg which pushes the structure-to-be-secured* through
a cavity in the other leg. |
|
| | |
| 499 | Spring or resiliently biased about pivot: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Swinging gripping member which is swung about its connection
and held into or out of contact with the structure-to-be-secured* by the
biasing force stored in either (a) a separate spring, or (b) an
integral, resilient* portion of either gripping member
which does not engage the structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 512, | and the subsequent subclasses under 489 for similar
clasp*, clips*, or support-clamps* for
which there is no resilient* biasing spring or portion claimed. |
| 518, | for pivoted gripping members with springs or resilient* portions
which only restrain the members to prevent relative movement but
do not bias the pivoted member about its axis region (e.g., hinge
locks). |
|
| | |
| 500 | Distinct spring: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 499. Swinging gripping member wherein the biasing force on the
swinging gripping member is applied by a spring separate from both
gripping members. |
| | |
| 501 | Attaching solely by spring: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Swinging gripping member which (a) is attached to the outer
gripping member only through the separate spring, and (b) maintains
a separate different, contact region about which it swings but is
not attached.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 530, | through 567, for a gripping member mounted on a resilient* or
spring member without maintaining a separate, different, contact
region. |
|
| | |
| 502 | With operator for moving pivoted member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Swinging gripping member provided with an operator* to
cause the swinging motion between the gripping members.
| | (1)
Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclasses the
operator* must not directly contact the structure-to-be-secured*. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 463, | for a gripping member moved directly by fluid force. |
| 494, | for a pivoted gripping member moved by a separate
toggle operator*. |
| 495, | through 497, for a pivoted gripping member pivotally connected
to the other gripping member by a rigid* linking arm in
a togglelike manner. |
|
| | |
| 503 | Camming or wedging element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 502. Operator* including either a rigid* or
semirigid*, rotatable camming or shiftable wedging element
having a contact surface which slides against, for causing the movement
of, a cooperating contact surface on or attached to either the swinging
gripping member or the other opposed gripping member when a rotating
or shifting force is applied to the camming or wedging element and
wherein the relative orientation or contour of one of the contacting surfaces
causes the movement of the contacted surface of one of the gripping
members to be in a direction other than (i.e., not identical to)
that of the shifting or rotating movement of the element.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 269, | Work Holders, particularly
subclasses 229 through 236for cam, eccentric, or wedge-type means actuating
a movable jaw for holding an object which is being worked upon. |
|
| | |
| 504 | Pivoted or rotated element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 503. Camming or wedging element which is pivoted or rotated relative
to the swinging gripping member or the opposed gripping member to cause
the swinging gripping member to move.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 498, | for a rotatably mounted cam gripping member. |
| 502, | for a rotating screw-type operator*. |
|
| | |
| 505 | With position locking-means for gripping members: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* provided
with locking-means* which (a) prevents the separation of
the swinging gripping member from the opposed gripping member while
holding the relative position therebetween and (b) never directly
contacts and grasps the struc-ture-to-be-secured* (i.e.,
is not itself a gripping surface). |
| | |
| 506 | Including pivoted arm: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 505. Locking-means* including an arm connected to either
one of the gripping members or some intermediate linking structure
in a manner allowing it to swing with relative movement at its connection
about a constantly contacted region. |
| | |
| 507 | Having specific surface material or irregularity on or
along engaging face: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* wherein
one of the gripping members includes either a specific, different
substance or uneven surface formation forming the structure-to-be-secured* engaging
surface of the gripping member.
| | (1)
Note. Either a specific substance different in composition
from that of its gripping member or details of the facial contour
must be positively claimed for proper document classification placement
herein as an original. |
| | (2)
Note. The facial contour may be either integral with, or on
structure distinct from and attached to, the gripping member. |
| | (3)
Note. An engaging surface existing solely in a single plane
and formed along a curved, looped, or bent, gripping member is not
considered to be irregular since it is not uneven in the gripping
direction. | |
| | |
| 508 | Having specific handle structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* having
a specific portion or element directly engaged by a living being
for applying or removing the clasp*, clip or support-clamp* to
or from a structure-to-be-secured* or for transporting
it.
| | (1)
Note. Details of the handle structure must be positively claimed
for proper document classification herein as an original. | |
| | |
| 509 | Coil spring: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Spring wound or molded in the form of at least two complete
similarly shaped loops successively coiled around a common central
axis.
| | (1)
Note. The loops need not be circular in shape but the ends
of the coil must at least subtend an arc at 720° or greater. | |
| | |
| 511 | Flat or leaf spring: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Spring consisting of a thin, semirigid*, resilient* strip
or plate which is bendable about a line parallel to the largest
planar surface thereof when applying its biasing force.
| | (1)
Note. The spring or plate may be curved in shape, e.g., tubelike. | |
| | |
| 512 | Closed by gravity or weight of structure-to-be-secured: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Swinging gripping member moved into a final gripping position
by either (a) the force of gravity alone thereon or upon structure
linked therewith, or (b) the weight of the structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 454, | for a pivoted, gripping member which wraps the structure-to-be-secured* about
a portion of the clasp* when pivoted. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 211, | Supports: Racks,
subclasses 50 through 58and 60.1-70.8 for card, sheet, or slender article
type gravity actuated, supported holders. |
|
| | |
| 513 | With operator means for moving pivoted member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Swinging gripping member provided with an operator* to
cause the swinging motion between the gripping members.
| | (1)
Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclasses, the
operator* must not directly contact the structure-to-be-secured*. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 463, | for a gripping member moved directly by fluid force. |
| 494, | for a pivoted gripping member moved by separate
toggle operator*. |
|
| | |
| 514 | Threaded cylindrical rod and mating cavity: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 513. Operator* including a helically threaded, cylindrical
rod for cooperating with a relatively rotatable helically threaded,
cylindrical cavity which moves relative to and along the longitudinal
axis of the rod.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 269, | Work Holders, particularly
subclasses 240 through 253for screw-nut type means actuating a movable jaw
for holding an object which is being worked upon. |
|
| | |
| 515 | Camming or wedging element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 513. Operator* including either a rigid* or
semirigid*, camming, or shiftable wedging element having
a contact surface which slides against, for causing the movement
of, a cooperating contact surface on or attached to either the swinging
gripping member or the other opposed gripping member when a rotating
or shifting force is applied to the camming or wedging element and
wherein the relative orientation or contour of one of the contacting surfaces
causes the movement of the contacted surface of one of the gripping
members to be in a direction other than (i.e., not identical to)
that of the shifting or rotating movement of the element.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 269, | Work Holders, particularly
subclasses 229 through 236for cam, eccentric, or wedge-type means actuating
a movable jaw for holding an object which is being worked upon. |
|
| | |
| 516 | Pivoted or rotated element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 515. Camming or Wedging element which is pivoted or rotated relative
to the swinging gripping member or the opposed gripping member causing
the swinging gripping member to move.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 498, | for a rotatably mounted cam gripping member. |
| 514, | for a rotating screw-type operator*. |
|
| | |
| 517 | With position locking-means for gripping members: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* provided
with locking-means* which (a) prevents the separation of
the swinging gripping member from the opposed gripping member while
holding the relative position therebetween and (b) never directly
contacts and grasps the structure-to-be-secured* (i.e.,
is not itself a gripping surface). |
| | |
| 518 | Integral locking-means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 517. Locking-means* having all portions thereof formed
on and unitary with (i.e., not separately movable or rigidly attached
to) the opposed gripping members. |
| | |
| 519 | Having inserted and receiving interlocking engaging faces: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* having
a projecting engaging surface portion on one gripping member (e.g.,
button, hook) inserted within a cavity engaging surface portion
on the opposed gripping member (e.g., open loop, slot member) which
receives both it and the structure-to-be-secured* in such
a manner as to subsequently restrict their relative movement in the
direction force is transmitted thereto by the structure-to-be-secured*.
| | (1)
Note. The mere intermeshing or mating of opposed gripping
members is not considered to be interlocking unless the intermeshing
or mating portions tightly interfit or are otherwise held together
to restrict the separation of gripping members. | |
| | |
| 520 | Resilient gripping member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 519. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* having
at least one gripping member (a) made from a resilient* material,
or (b) shaped in such a manner that it is resiliently biased, to
facilitate their coupling.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 499, | through 511, for interlocking gripping members resiliently biased
about their pivotal connection and into or out of contact with the
structure-to-be-secured*. |
|
| | |
| 521 | Having specific surface material or irregularity on or
along engaging face: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* wherein
one of the gripping members includes either a specific, different
substance or uneven surface formation forming the structure-to-be-secured* engaging
surface of the gripping member.
| | (1)
Note. Either a specific substance different in composition
from that of its gripping member or details of the facial contour
must be positively claimed for proper document classification herein
as an original. |
| | (2)
Note. The facial contour may be either integral with, or on
structure distinct from and attached to, the gripping member. |
| | (3)
Note. An engaging surface existing solely in a single plane
formed along a curved, looped, or bent gripping member, is not considered
to be irregular since it is not uneven in the gripping direction. | |
| | |
| 522 | Including track or way guided and retained gripping member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* including
two separate, opposed gripping members permanently retained by and
linked to each other or an intermediate structure by two distinct,
rigid* or semirigid* formations which (1) are
each integral with or attached to a different one of the members,
and (2) have mutually cooperating surfaces both (a) in sliding or
rolling contact with each other, and (b) restricting the movement
of one of the gripping members relative to the other gripping member
to a substantially single, primary direction along a linear or curvilinear
path when moving between a gripping and nongripping position.
| | (1)
Note. Gripping members which slide only for the purpose of
adjustment prior to movement between a gripping and a nongripping
position are not considered proper for this subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. The gripping members are never intended to be connected
to each other by an operator* (e.g., threaded rod or piston/cylinder)
alone. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 459, | through 462, for dissociable track or wedge guided gripping members. |
| 463, | for gripping member actuated by fluid force. |
| 464, | through 480, for interlocking, sliding gripping members connected
by a bendable strap. |
| 486, | and 569, for gripping members connected to each
other by a threaded bar. |
| 489, | through 521, for a pivotally guided gripping member. |
| 568, | and 569, for gripping members connected by operators*. |
|
| | |
| 523 | Biased by distinct spring: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 522. Gripping members having a spring separate from either gripping
member which applies a biasing force thereon causing the relative movement
therebetween and into or out of contact with the structure-to-be-secured*. |
| | |
| 524 | With operator for moving guided member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 522. Gripping members provided with an operator* to
cause the motion between the gripping members.
| | (1)
Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclass the
operator* must not directly contact the structure-to-be-secured*. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 463, | for a gripping member moved directly by fluid force. |
|
| | |
| 525 | Threaded cylindrical rod and mating cavity: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 524. Operator* including a helically threaded, cylindrical
rod for cooperating with a relatively rotatable threaded, cylindrical
cavity which moves relative to and along the longitudinal axis of
the rod.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 269, | Work Holders, particularly
subclasses 240 through 253for screw-nut type means actuating a movable jaw
for holding an object which is being worked upon. |
|
| | |
| 526 | Track or way oblique to path of gripping member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 522. Rigid* or semirigid* formations having
cooperating surfaces which are at an acute or obtuse angle to the
linear or curvilinear path of the moving gripping member for causing
firmer engagement of the structure-to-be-secured* by the
gripping members.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 488, | for a guided roller or ball which rolls along an
inclined surface to grasp a structure-to-be-secured*. |
| 524, | for an operator* having a separate camming
or wedging element for moving a gripping member along a linear or
curvilinear path. |
|
| | |
| 527 | With position locking-means for gripping members: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 522. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* provided
with locking-means* which (a) prevents the separation and
holds the relative position of the gripping members, and (b) never
directly contacts and grasps the structure-to-be-secured* (i.e.,
is not itself a gripping surface). |
| | |
| 528 | Integral locking-means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 527. Locking means* having all portions thereof formed
on and unitary with (i.e., not separately movable or rigidly attached
to) the opposed gripping members. |
| | |
| 529 | With specific mounting means for attaching to flaccid supporting
structure or structure-to-be-secured: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 522. Clasp*, Clip*, or support-clamp* provided with
specific means for attaching it to a flaccid* (a) supporting
structure or (b) structure-to-be-secured*.
| | (1)
Note. The actual mounting means, per se, must be positively
claimed for the combination to be considered proper for this subclass.
The mere claiming of a clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* which is "adapted" for
mounting is considered insufficient for placement herein. The clasp*,
clip*, or support-clamp*, after being mounted
to the supporting structure or the structure-to-be-secured* is then
capable of gripping a structure-to-be-secured* or supporting
structure, respectively. |
| | (2)
Note. This subclass does not include peculiar mounting formations
which either (1) (a) require the supporting structure to first pass
through the passageway formed by opposed structure-to-be-secured* engaging
surfaces, and (b) are extensions of this passageway simply located
further there along or (2) are intended to be capable of alternately being
utilized to grip the structure-to-be-secured* (e.g., not
plural clasping sections). |
| | (3)
Note. See Lines With Other Classes in the class definition
of this class for the line between Classes 24 and 248. Also, see
the search note to Class 24 in the class definition of Class 248. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 298, | through 302, for plural fasteners having an intermediate flaccid* connector. |
| 305, | through 380, for the combination of two or more diverse multipart
fasteners of this class. |
| 457, | and 458, for a clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* provided with mounting means for attaching
to a rigid* or semirigid* supporting structure
or structure-to-be-secured*. |
| 478, | 479, 489, 497, and 532-534, for other types of clasps*,
clips or support-clamps* provided with mounting means for
attaching to a flaccid* supporting structure or structure-to-be-secured*. |
|
| | |
| 530 | Having gripping member formed from, biased by, or mounted
on resilient member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* having
a gripping member which either (a) is formed from a single piece
of resilient* material having opposed engaging surfaces
thereon which are moved into or out of engagement with the structure-to-be-secured* and
relative to each other by the resiliency of the material, (b) is formed
from a single piece of resilient* material with an engaging
surface which coacts against and is attached to a separate gripping member
having an opposed engaging surface which is moved into or out of
engagement with the structure-to-be-secured* and relative
to the first engaging surface by the resiliency of the material,
or (c) is provided with an engaging surface and resiliently urged
(i.e., biased) against or attached to a separate, relatively movable
gripping member and its opposed engaging surface by a separate element
made of resilient* material applying a force moving the
opposed engaging surfaces into or out of gripping engagement with
the structure-to-be-secured*.
| | (1)
Note. While a broad disclosure of resiliency is sufficient
for placement hereunder, a gripping member not clearly disclosed
as being formed from, or mounted on, a resilient* member
(e.g., such disclosure absent from a specification with no movement
shown of an engaging surface relative to an opposed engaging surface
during operation) has been placed as an original elsewhere under
subclass 455 (e.g., subclasses 570 and 571, if formed of a single
piece of material) and discretionally cross-referenced to this subclass
or its indented subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 462, | 470-476, 482, 499-511, and 523, for other types
of resiliently formed or biased gripping members. |
| 485, | for independently operable resilient* clasp*,
clips*, or support-clamps* connected by specifically
shaped, nongripping, rigid* structure. |
| 900.1, | for resilient* shirt collar holders. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 269, | Work Holders, particularly
subclass 254 for bias type means actuating a movable jaw for
holding an object which is being worked upon. |
|
| | |
| 531 | Integrally combined, independently operable, diverse clasps,
clips, or support-clamps: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* combined, through
a common body portion, with another separately functioning, differently
shaped or constructed clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp*.
| | (1)
Note. Both fasteners must be clasps*, clips* or
support clamps* and must be claimed for proper placement
herein. The combination of a clasp*, clip* or support-clamp* with
a different type of fastener (e.g., a hook or loop) would be classified
according to which fastener occurs first in the Class 24 schedule. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 305, | through 380, for the combination of two or more diverse multipart
fasteners of this class. |
| 457, | and 458, for a clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* connected to a mounting means for attachment
to a rigid* supporting structure or structure-to-be-secured*. |
| 485, | for independently operable clasps*, clips* or
support-clamps* connected by a rigid* nongripping
specifically shaped portion (e.g., a yoke). |
| 532, | through 534, for clasps*, clips*, or support-clamps* having
specific mounting means for attaching to flaccid* supporting
structure or structure-to-be-secured*. |
|
| | |
| 532 | With specific means for mounting to flaccid supporting
structure or structure-to-be-secured: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 550. Clasp*, clip* or support-clamp* provided
with specific means for attaching it to a flaccid* (a) supporting
structure, or (b) structure-to-be-secured*.
| | (1)
Note. Details of the actual mounting means, per se, must be
positively claimed for the combination to be considered proper for
this subclass. The mere claiming of a clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* which is "adapted" for mounting
is considered insufficient for placement herein. The clasp*,
clip*, or support-clamp*, after being mounted
to the supporting structure or the structure-to-be-secured* is
then capable of gripping a structure-to-be-secured* or
supporting structure, respectively. |
| | (2)
Note. This subclass does not include peculiar mounting formations
which either (1) (a) require the supporting structure to first pass
through the passageway formed by opposed structure-to-be-secured* engaging
surfaces and (b) are extensions of this passageway simply located
further therealong or (2) are intended to be capable of alternately being
utilized to grip the structure-to-be-secured* (e.g., not
plural clasping sections). |
| | (3)
Note. See Lines With Other Classes in the class definition
of this class for the line between Classes 24 and 248. Also see
the search note to Class 24 in the class definition of Class 248. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 298, | through 302, for plural fasteners having an intermediate flaccid* connector. |
| 305, | through 380, for the combination of two or more diverse multipart
fasteners of this class. |
| 457, | and 458, for a clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* provided with mounting means for attaching
to a rigid* or semirigid* supporting structure
or structure-to-be-secured*. |
| 478, | 479, 489, 497, and 529, for other types of clasps*,
clips* or support-clamps* provided with mounting means
for attaching to a flaccid* supporting structure or structure-to-be-secured*. |
| 531, | for integrally combined, independently operable,
diverse clasps*, clips*, or support-clamps*. |
|
| | |
| 534 | Wire coiled about flaccid supporting structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 533. Filament having a portion thereof wound in the form of at
least two complete, similarly shaped loops successively coiled around
a common central axis coincident with the longitudinal axis of the
flaccid* supporting structure.
| | (1)
Note. The loops need not be circular in shape but the ends
of coil must at least subtend an arc of 720° or greater. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 549, | and 550, for one piece uniform cross section resilient* clasps*,
clips*, or support-clamps* having coiled portions. |
| 567, | for multipart or nonsingle piece opposed engaging
faces biased by a resilient* coiled wire. |
|
| | |
| 535 | With operator for moving biased engaging face: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* provided
with an operator* to cause the motion of the opposed engaging
surface against the biasing force exerted by the resilient* material.
| | (1)
Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclasses the
operator* must not directly contact the structure-to-be-secured*. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 463, | for a gripping member moved directly by fluid force. |
|
| | |
| 536 | Camming or wedging element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 535. Operator* including either a rigid* or
semirigid*, rotatable camming or shiftable wedging element
having a contact surface which slides against, for causing the movement
of, a cooperating contact surface on or attached to at least on
gripping member or portion thereof when a rotating or shifting force
is applied to the camming or wedging element and wherein the relative
orientation or contour of one of the contacting surfaces causes
the movement of the contacted surface of one of the gripping members
or portions to be in a direction other than (i.e., not identical
to) that of the shifting or rotating movement of the element.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 269, | Work Holders, particularly
subclasses 229 through 236for cam, eccentric, or wedge type means actuating
a movable jaw for holding an object which is being worked upon. |
|
| | |
| 537 | Encircling sleeve type element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 536. Camming or wedging element comprising a ringlike body looped
completely around the gripping member and either (a) the opposed gripping
member, or (b) the opposed portion of the same gripping member,
and traveling along the length of the contacted surfaces to cause
the movement thereof. |
| | |
| 538 | Pivoted or rotated element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 536. Camming or wedging element which is pivoted or rotated relative
to at least one gripping member or a portion thereof to cause its
contacted surface to move.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 498, | for a rotatably mounted cam gripping member. |
| 535, | for similar devices employing a rotating screw-type
operator*. |
|
| | |
| 540 | Elongated element with pivot between cam and handle portions: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 538. Pivoted or rotated element having (a) a generally slender
shape and one end portion intended to be engaged by a living being
for pivoting or rotating the element and the other end portion serving
as the contact surface, and (b) the attachment region about which
the element swings, being positioned between the end portions of
the slender element.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 565, | and 577+ for gripping members formed from,
or mounted on, resilient* members and having specific handle
structure for the manipulation or transportation of the clasp*,
clip* or support-clamp*. |
|
| | |
| 542 | With position locking-means for engaging faces: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp provided
with locking-means* which both (a) prevents the separation
and holds the relative position of the opposed engaging surfaces,
and (b) never directly contacts and grasps the structure-to-be-secured* (i.e.,
is not itself an engaging surface). |
| | |
| 543 | Integral locking-means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 542. Locking-means* having all portions thereof formed
on and unitary with (i.e., not separately movable or rigidly attached
to) at least one gripping member or portion thereof. |
| | |
| 544 | Pivoted lock member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 542. Locking-means* including an element connected to
at least one gripping member or portion thereof in a manner allowing
it to swing with relative movement at its connection about a constantly
contacted region. |
| | |
| 545 | Opposed engaging faces on gripping member formed from single
piece of resilient material: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Resilient* gripping member formed from a one piece
body with opposing portions thereof forming the engaging surfaces
of the gripping member.
| | (1)
Note. The resilient* gripping member may be part
of a multipart fastener, provided the gripping member itself is
a single piece body. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 543, | for integral position locking-means to prevent movement
of an opposed engaging face of a single piece body. |
|
| | |
| 546 | Piece totally forms clasp, clip, or support-clamp and has
shaped, wirelike, or bandlike configuration with uniform cross section throughout
its length: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* completely constructed
from the resilient* body which has (a) a strandlike or
thin, striplike form and (b) a constant, uninterrupted, transverse
cross section from one end to the other end of the form.
| | (1)
Note. To have continuous or uninterrupted transverse cross
section there must not be any cut outs of holes in the resilient* member
although a minor (i.e., very small or unclaimed) amount of corner
rounding on rectangular or similar cross-sections is permissible.
Surface indentations or cuts which interrupt the cross-section are
not considered proper hereunder. A bandlike configuration may be
wider than it is long. |
| | (2)
Note. While the resilient* gripping member must be
formed from a single piece it may have decorative buttons or the
like attached thereto provided they do not affect the operation
of the clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 545, | through 563, for a single resilient* gripping member
of varying cross sections, having cut outs or holes, having an endless
ringlike body, or having structure which aids in the grasping of
the structure-to-be-secured* or the actuation of the gripping
member. |
| 570, | and 571, for a single rigid* gripping member
which grasps a deformable structure-to-be-secured*. |
|
| | |
| 547 | Opposed faces located in and bias towards common plane
in nonuse position: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Resilient* body are positioned, when not engaging
the structure-to-be-secured*, such that they are in a single
plane (i.e., coplanar) and are resiliently biased in a direction
transversely of and toward that plane.
| | (1)
Note. Portions of the gripping member which do not contact
the structure-to-be-secured* need not be in the same plane as
the engaging surfaces. |
| | (2)
Note. Engaging faces which intersect or overlap each other
in their nonuse position are not usually considered to be in the
same plane. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 548, | and 551-554, for a gripping member having portions
which intersect in a nonplanar manner. |
| 549, | for a gripping member having portions which overlap
in a coillike manner. |
|
| | |
| 548 | Resilient gripping member having tightly twisted portion: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Resilient* body having two portions thereof which
are closely, securely, and successively wrapped about one another
by each portion subtending an arc of 720° or greater.
| | (1)
Note. Both portions of the gripping member must cooperate
in the wrapping or twisting to be proper herein. A portion which
is just wrapped about a passive (e.g., straight) portion is considered
to be coiled and not twisted. A coiled portion which is merely threaded
through another coiled portion is not considered to be twisted since
it is not securely wrapped thereabout. | |
| | |
| 549 | Resilient gripping member having coiled portion: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Resilient* body having a portion thereof wound
or molded in the form of at least two complete, similarly shaped
loops successively coiled around a common central axis.
| | (1)
Note. The loops need not be circular in shape but the ends
of the coil must at least subtend an arc of 720° or greater. |
| | (2)
Note. See (1) Note of subclass 548 for the distinction between
coils and twists. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 534, | for a clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* having
specific mounting means coiled about the longitudinal axis of a flaccid* supporting
structure or structure-to-be-secured*. |
| 567, | for multipart or nonsingle piece opposed engaging
faces biased by a resilient* coiled wire. |
|
| | |
| 553 | Having specific handle structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 552. Resilient* body having a specific portion or element
directly engaged by a living being for either applying or removing
it to or from a structure-to-be-secured* or for transporting
it.
| | (1)
Note. Details of the handle structure must be positively claimed
for proper document classification herein as an original. | |
| | |
| 554 | Having specific handle structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 551. Resilient* body having a specific portion or element
directly engaged by a living being for either applying to removing
it to or from a structure-to-be-secured* or for transporting
it.
| | (1)
Note. Details of the handle structure must be positively claimed
for proper document classification herein as an original. | |
| | |
| 555 | Terminal end of resilient member having engagement or disengagement
enhancing structural modifications: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Resilient* body having an end thereof bent or curved
away from the nearest engaging surface and into a specific shape
to allow easier engagement or disengagement of this surface with
the structure-to-be-secured*.
| | (1)
Note. The curvature of the ends usually prevents their snagging
the structure-to-be-secured* during movement relative thereto. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 543, | for integral locking-means* formed on the
ends of the gripping member. |
| 556, | for a resilient* body having an engaging
surface with a specific configuration or modification or for a resilient* body
having its ends curved towards the structure-to-be-secured to aid
in the gripping thereof. |
|
| | |
| 556 | Having specific surface irregularity on or along engaging
face: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Resilient* body wherein a specific, uneven surface
formation forms one of the structure-to-be-secured* engaging
surfaces.
| | (1)
Note. Details of the facial contour must be positively claimed
for proper document classification herein as an original. |
| | (2)
Note. An engaging surface existing solely in a single plane
and formed along a curved, looped, or bent gripping member is not
considered to be irregular since it is not uneven in the gripping
direction. |
| | (3)
Note. A slip resistant coating, sleeve, or cover placed on,
or attached to, the engaging portion of the gripping member would
not be considered proper for placement hereunder since the gripping member,
taken as a whole, would not consist of a single piece of material. | |
| | |
| 557 | Having specific handle structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* having
a specific portion or element directly engaged by a living being
for either applying or removing the clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* to or from a structure-to-be-secured* or
for transporting it.
| | (1)
Note. Details of the handle structure must be positively claimed
for proper document classification herein as an original. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 540, | and 541, for a pivoted or rotated, camming or wedging
operator* element with a handle portion on the opposite side
of the pivot from the camming or wedging portion. |
|
| | |
| 559 | Interlocking faces: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Engaging surfaces having a projecting portion of one engaging
surface (e.g., button, hook) inserted within a cavity portion of
the opposed gripping surface (e.g., open loop, slot member) which
receives both it and the structure-to-be-secured* in such
a manner as to subsequently restrict their relative movement in
the direction force is transmitted thereto by the structure-to-be-secured*.
| | (1)
Note. The mere intermeshing or mating of opposed engaging
surfaces is not considered to be interlocking unless the intermeshing
or mating portions tightly interfit or are otherwise held together
to restrict the separation of the engaging surfaces. | |
| | |
| 560 | With reinforcing member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Resilient* gripping member having a separate strengthening
element which gives added strength or resiliency to the gripping
member. |
| | |
| 561 | Having specific surface irregularity on or along engaging
face: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Resilient* gripping member wherein a specific, uneven
surface formation forms one of the structure-to-be-secured* engaging
surfaces.
| | (1)
Note. Details of the specific facial contour must be positively
claimed for proper document classification herein as an original. |
| | (2)
Note. An engaging surface existing solely in a single plane
and formed along a curved, looped, or bent gripping member, is not
considered to be irregular since it is not uneven in the gripping direction. |
| | (3)
Note. A slip resistant coating, sleeve, or cover placed on,
or attached to, the engaging portion of the gripping member would
not be considered proper for placement hereunder since the resilient* member,
taken as a whole, would not consist of a single piece of material. | |
| | |
| 562 | Corrugated or toothed face: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 561. Engaging surface having at least two (a) engaging recesses
distinct from any initial taper of the engaging surface, or (b)
engaging projections or pointed teeth.
| | (1)
Note. The initial taper of the engaging surface is commonly
used for smoother, easier, or guiding initial contact with the structure-to-be-secured* as
it enters the resilient* gripping member. It is not considered
a recess but may form one side of a projection or tooth. | |
| | |
| 563 | Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* cut
or shaped from a single sheet of resilient, uniformly thick, planar
material: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 545. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* cut
or shaped completely from a one-piece, unitary body made from a
planar material of nonvarying thickness.
| | (1)
Note. Molded bodies are not considered proper for placement
herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 546, | through 556, for clasps*, clips*, or support-
clamps* formed from a single, continuous cross section,
resilient* member which forms the opposing faces of the
gripping member. |
|
| | |
| 564 | Having specific surface material or irregularity on or
along engaging face: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* wherein
one of the gripping members includes either a specific, different
substance or uneven surface formation forming the structure-to-be-secured* engaging
surface of the gripping member.
| | (1)
Note. Either specific substance different in composition from
that of its gripping member or details of the specific facial contour
must be positively claimed for proper document classification herein
as an original. |
| | (2)
Note. The facial contour may be either integral with or distinct
from the gripping member. |
| | (3)
Note. An engaging surface existing solely in a single plane
and formed along a curved, looped, or bent gripping member, is not
considered to be irregular since it is not uneven in the gripping direction. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 485, | for independently operable resilient* clasps*,
clips*, or support-clamps* connected by specifically
shaped nongripping, rigid* structure. |
| 900.1, | for resilient* shirt collar holders. |
|
| | |
| 565 | Having specific handle structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* having
a specific portion or element directly engaged by a living being
either for applying or removing the clasp*, clip*,
or support-clamp* to or from a structure-to-be-secured* or
for transporting it.
| | (1)
Note. Details of the handle structure must be positively claimed
for proper document classification herein as an original. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 540, | and 541, for a pivoted or rotated, camming or wedging
operator* element with a handle portion on the opposite side
of the pivot from the camming or wedging portion. |
|
| | |
| 566 | Including resilient biasing wire: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Resilient* material consisting of an elongated filament
bent, shaped, or held in such a manner as to apply the force for
moving the opposed engaging surface into or out of gripping engagement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 546, | through 556, for a clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* formed
solely from a resilient* biasing wire which forms the opposed
engaging surfaces of the gripping member. |
|
| | |
| 567 | Coiled wire: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 566. Elongated filament wound or molded in the form of at least
two complete, similarly shaped loops successively coiled around
a common central axis.
| | (1)
Note. The loops need not be circular in shape but the ends
of the coil must at least subtend an arc of 720° or greater. |
| | (2)
Note. See (1) Note of subclass 548 for the distinction between
coils and twists. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 534, | for a coiled wire mounting means for attaching the
clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* to flaccid* supporting
structure or structure-to-be-secured*. |
| 549, | and 550, for one-piece uniform cross section resilient* clasps*,
clips*, or support-clamps* having coiled portions. |
|
| | |
| 568 | Having gripping member shifted by operator: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* having
a gripping member provided with an engaging surface which cooperates
with an opposed engaging surface on a separate gripping member and
which is moved into or out of a gripping engagement by an operator*.
| | (1)
Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclass the
operator* must not directly contact the structure-to-be-secured*. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 456, | 481, 483, 502-504, 513-516, 524, 525, and 535-541,
for operators* used with specific types of clasps*,
clips*, or support-clamps*. |
| 486, | for a gripping member having its engaging surface
integral with a screw-driving portion. |
|
| | |
| 569 | Threaded cylindrical rod and mating cavity: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 568. Operator* including a helically threaded, cylindrical
rod for cooperating with a relatively rotatable helically threaded,
cylindrical cavity which moves relative to and along the longitudinal
axis of the rod.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 269, | Work Holders, particularly
subclasses 240 through 253for screw-nut type means actuating a movable jaw
for holding an object which is being worked upon. |
|
| | |
| 570 | Formed from single rigid piece of material: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Clasp*, clip*, or support-clamp* consisting
of a single gripping member formed or shaped from a rigid* material
having opposed, relatively stationary, engaging surfaces between which
either (a) flaccid* or semirigid* material forming
the structure-to-be-secured* or a support therefor is forceably
wedged, or (b) material of the structure-to-be-secured* or
support therefor is relatively turned, to cause the grasping force
thereon by the engaging surfaces.
| | (1)
Note. See (1) Note of subclass 530 for the line between that
subclass and this one when it is not disclosed whether a gripping
member is formed from a resilient* or rigid* material. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 545, | through 563, for a single, resilient* gripping member
which moves when applied to a structure-to-be-secured*. |
|
| | |
| 571 | Having specific surface irregularity on or along engaging
face: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 570. Gripping member wherein a specific, uneven surface formation
forms one of the structure-to-be-secured* engaging surfaces.
| | (1)
Note. Details of the facial contour must be positively claimed
for proper document classification herein as an original. |
| | (2)
Note. An engaging surface existing solely in a single plane
and formed along a curved, looped, or bent gripping member is not
considered to be irregular since it is not uneven in the gripping
direction. |
| | (3)
Note. A slip resistant coating, sleeve, or cover placed on,
or attached to, the engaging portion of the gripping member would
not be considered proper for placement hereunder since the gripping member,
taken as a whole, would not consist of a single piece of material. | |
| | |
| 572.1 | SEPARABLE-FASTENER OR REQUIRED COMPONENT THEREOF (E.G.,
PROJECTION AND CAVITY TO COMPLETE INTERLOCK): |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising a separable-fastener or a required
component of a separable fastener (i.e., one of an interlocking
member).
| | (1)
Note. Securing means having a component which penetrates
or forms a passageway through the structure to be secured and then
contacts and interlocks with a dissociable cooperating member are
not considered proper for this and the indented subclasses and are
generally found below in subclass 706 and its indented subclasses.
In addition, securing means which penetrate through the structure
to be secured to form and interlock with an aperture in the structure
to be secured are also not in subclasses 706 and 442. |
| | (2)
Note. See (6) Note of the class definition for patent placement
procedure. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 200, | Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers,
subclass 61.58 for seat belt buckles with an electric s witch. |
|
| | |
| 573.09 | With third detached member completing interlock (e.g.,
hook type): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 572.1. Subject matter provided with a third, dissociable member
which is not directly attached to the two other mating interlocking
members and which concurrently engages both of them when they are
in their final fastening postion to complete the interlocking connection.
| | (1)
Note. This interlocking member may either be totally separate
from or linked with the structure to be secured. |
| | (2)
Note. A separable fastener which includes three separate
members and has at least one member which is capable of completing
a useful interlocking connection between a section of the structure
to be secured to which it is mounted and either another section
thereof or a support therefor by selectively interlocking with either
of the remaining two dissociable members without requiring (a) all three
members to be intergaged to complete interlock or (b) their connections
to be done in a specific sequence with each other is not considered
proper for this and the indented subclasses and is found below in
subclasses 605, 630, or 697. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 287, | for a detachable fastener connecting two freight
containers. |
| 289, | through 297, for trim molding fasteners. |
| 305, | through 380, and 379.1, for a separable fastener member having
two distinct and diversely shaped locking faces which are intended
to engage a different, separate, dissociable mating member and indepently
interlock therewith (i.e., their separate interlocking operations
have no effect on each other and they can be engaged in any sequence)
to complete a useful connection utilizing all three of the dissociable
members. |
| 453, | for a fastener which includes three separate components
and has two of these components both formed from the material of
the structure to be secured or a support therefor and aligned with
each other when the fastening operation is completed. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 59, | Chain, Staple, and Horseshoe Making,
subclass 85 for a detachable chain link. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclass 292 292 for two rigid or semi-rigid structural members
having their ends joined together by a fastening member inserted
into an opening located in each. |
|
| | |
| 574.1 | For jewelry: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 573.09. Subject matter which is intended to be used in association
with personal adornment articles such as necklaces, watches, braceletes, etc. |
| | |
| 584.1 | Each mating member having similarly shaped, sized, and
operated interlocking or intermeshable face: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 572.1. Separable-fastener wherein the interlocking faces of each
of the two dissociable, mating members have (a) approximately the
same structural configuration and size, and (b) require the same
manipulation to maneuver them together into mutual interlocking
contact.
| | (1)
Note. For a separable-fastener to be proper for this subclass
and the indented subclasses, the interlocking faces of the mating
members must be capable of receiving each other to the same degree or
alternately when maneuvered into contact. Mating members which
have a similar shape, but which have a variation in sizes so that
one member always surrounds a greater area of the other member are
classified in other subclasses located below. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 585.1, | and 391-398, for zippers having two similarly shaped,
sized, and operated, coiled interlocking surfaces. |
|
| | |
| 586.1 | Resilient element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 584.1. Subject matter having elasticity such that it will tend
to regain its original shape after it is deformed or compressed. |
| | |
| 591.1 | Including member having distinct formations and mating
member selectively interlocking therewith: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 572.1. Separable-fastener including a dissociable mating member
with an interlocking face having a plurality of spaced, distinct
structural formations and another opposed mating member with an
interlocking face selectively interlockable with any of these formations
to complete the securing operation.
| | (1)
Note. An opposed member having an interlocking face which
engages more than one of the structural formations on the interlocking
face of the first member during a particular securing operation
is only proper for this and the indented subclasses when the number
of formations engaged in the securing operation can be less than
the total number of formations available. |
| | (2)
Note. When both interlocking members have plural formations,
then the one considered the formations member is always the one
with the large number of formations. If both members have an equal number
of formations and comply with the restrictions of (1) Note, then
they are placed within this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 2, | for album fasteners having means allowing adjustment
of their girth, (e.g., selectively mating separable-fasteners). |
| 16, | for bale and package ties or hose clamps having
means allowing adjustment of their girth (e.g., selectively mating
separable-fasteners). |
| 68, | for a device for effectively varying either (1)
the girth encircling structure having a principal utility not associated
with this class (e.g., cuff or collar tightener) or (2) the length
of a strap to which the device is mounted, and having relatively
movable components which are intended to either (a) transmit a repositioning
force to a portion of the encircling structure or strap when the
components move relative to each other, or (b) allow the repositioning
of a portion of the encircling structure or strap relative to another portion
thereof to which it is linked thereto by the device without the
components of the device ever completely separating from each other
during this repositioning operation. |
| 163, | for belt buckles. |
|
| | |
| 598.1 | Projection passes through cavity then moves toward noninserted
portion of its member to complete interlock (e.g., snap hook): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Projection member in which the projection first passes completely
through the cavity of the mating member and then relatively moves toward
a directly cooperating noninserted portion (i.e., a portion which
is not inserted into the cavity of the opposed member) of its member
which is connected or linked to the projection in a manner allowing
the movement therebetween needed to complete the interlocking of
the projection and receiving members.
| | (1)
Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclasses the
cooperating passed-through and noninserted portions of the projection
member must not have any section of the structure-to-be-secured*,
a support therefor, or the cavity member located between the nearest segments
of their relatively movable cooperating surfaces. Projections of
this type are found in subclasses 604-627 below. | |
| | |
| 598.2 | Entire projection member forms loop or ring when interlocked: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 598.1. Projection member wherein the projection and the directly
cooperating portion of its member which is initially noninserted
have curved shapes and together (a) form substantially the complete
structure of the projection member and (b) in their interlocking
position have a closed annular or oval shaped outer circumference
which is passable through the cavity in either direction when turned.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 573.1, | and 573.5, for a totally detachable loop or ring
linking two spaced cavities. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 59, | Chain, Staple, and Horseshoe Making,
subclasses 85 through 89for a detachable chain link. |
| 152, | Resilient Tires and Wheels,
subclasses 241 and 242 for devices for securing a tire chain to
a wheel. |
|
| | |
| 598.3 | Includes slidable gate closing entrance throat: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 598.2. Projection member wherein the noninserted portion of the
projection member includes barrier means which (a) is movably connected
to the member by two distinct, rigid* or semirigid* formations
integral with or fixedly attached to the member and barrier means
and having mutually cooperating surfaces in sliding contact with
each other for restricting the movement of the barrier means to
a linear or curvilinear path and (b) closes the unobstructed space
needed for the projection to pass into the cavity when initially
interlocking therewith. |
| | |
| 598.4 | Hook type projection member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 598.1. Projection member wherein the projection (a) is connected
at one end to a generally planar noninserted shank mounted to the
structure-to-be-secured * or another portion of the projection
member and (b) has its opposite end (i.e., tip) free from fixed
connection with any other portion of the projection member and bending (e.g.,
curving) generally toward either the shank or the connection of
the projection member to the structure-to-be-secured*.
| | (1)
Note. Hooks which are used as tools are excluded from Class
24 (see Lines With Other Classes of the class definition) and are
found elsewhere (see search notes below). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclass 7 for methods and apparatus for making a hook. |
| 43, | Fishing, Trapping, and Vermin Destroying,
subclasses 43.16 through 44.86for a fishing hook. |
| 54, | Harness for Working Animal,
subclasses 46.1 , 46.2 and 62 for a hook shaped device used in combination with
harness. |
| 114, | Ships,
subclasses 377 through 380for a connector (e.g., hook) adopted to connect
a life craft to life craft handling apparatus. |
| 152, | Resilient Tires and Wheels,
subclasses 241 and 242 for chain securing device in combination
with, or specially adapted for use with, an annular tire chain. |
| 182, | Fire Escape, Ladder, or Scaffold,
subclass 4 for a snap hook used with window cleaner harness. |
| 223, | Apparel Apparatus,
subclasses 85 through 98for a garment hanger (e.g., coat hanger) provided
with a support hook. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclasses 211 , 213, 215, 225.21, 227.1, 290.1, 301, 303, 304-308,
and 339-341 for a bracket having either a hook type article support
or a support hook for the bracket. |
| 278, | Land Vehicles: Animal Draft Appliances,
subclasses 51 , 111-117, and 127-130 for a hook shaped device
in combination with a draft appliance. |
| 292, | Closure Fasteners,
subclasses 95 through 108for a hooked end bolt. |
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclasses 82.17 through 82.23for a hoistline or grab hook having a throat closure
(see (1) Note above). |
| 623, | Prosthesis (i.e., Artificial Body Members), Part
Thereof, or Aids and Accessories Therefor,
subclasses 57 through 65for a hook used to replace a hand. |
| D11, | Jewelry, Symbolic Insignia, and Ornaments,
subclasses 208 through 211for a hook and eye type fastener. |
|
| | |
| 598.5 | Plural hooks entering opposite sides of same cavity: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 598.4. Projection member having two bent projections (i.e., hooks)
which enter different sides of the same cavity and pass completely
therethrough.
| | (1)
Note. The noninserted portion of the projection member with
which each bent projection cooperates may be the shank of the other
bent projection. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclass 82.18 for overlapping, connected hooks which form a loop
when closed. |
|
| | |
| 598.7 | Noninserted portion of projection member includes movably
connected gate for closing access throat: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 598.4. Projection member wherein the noninserted portion of the
projection member includes barrier means movably connected to the
shank which directly closes or reduces (i.e., without the use of
intervening projection structure) the unobstructed space between
the tip of the projection and the shank when located in one of its positions
to less than the amount of space needed to pass the projection into
or out of the cavity.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclasses 82.17 through 82.23for a hoistline or grab hook having a device for
closing the entrance throat of the hook. |
|
| | |
| 598.8 | Threaded gate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 598.7. Projection member wherein the barrier means includes, or
is rigidly affixed to, a screw-threaded formation which cooperates
with a similar formation on the shank in a manner allowing the barrier
when rotated to move between its obstructing and unobstructing positions. |
| | |
| 598.9 | Revolvably mounted disc shaped gate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 598.7. Projection member wherein the barrier means includes a thin,
flat plate having a generally circular perimeter and connected to
the shank in a manner allowing it to rotate about its central axis. |
| | |
| 599.1 | Pivotally connected gate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 598.7. Projection member wherein the barrier means is connected
to the shank in a manner allowing it to both (a) swing in an arcuate
path about a constantly contacted connection point or region located
on the shank and (b) maintain movement between the barrier means
and shank at their contact point or region.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclasses 82.19 through 82.21for a hoistline or grab hook having a pivoted device
for closing the entrance throat of the hook. |
|
| | |
| 599.3 | Gate also slides relative to pivot: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 599.1. Barrier means additionally having guiding structure which
allows the connection of the barrier to move in a smooth linear
manner relative to the contacted connection point or region about
which it swings. |
| | |
| 599.4 | Having means biasing gate about pivot: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 599.1. Barrier means which is swung about its connection and held
either in or out of its obstructing positions by a biasing force
stored in either (a) a separate spring or (b) an integral, resilient* extension
of the barrier means which does not itself act as a barrier. |
| | |
| 599.5 | And position locking-means for gate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 599.4. Barrier means also having locking-means* for retaining
the barrier means at a particular location.
| | (1)
Note. A component which (a) prevents the separation of the
dissociable members and (b) is located on one of the mating members
and directly engages the interlocking portion of the other mating member
is not considered a proper position locking-means* for
this subclass and is placed elsewhere as an interlocking component. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclasses 82.2 and 82.21 for a hoistline or grab hook having a
pivoted device for closing the entrance throat of the hook and a
latch for holding it in its closed position. |
|
| | |
| 599.7 | Coil type spring: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 599.6. Barrier means wherein the separate spring has a segment
bent or molded into the shape of at least two partial, similar adjacent
loops which curve around a common central axis and store the biasing
force of the spring. |
| | |
| 599.9 | Having position locking-means for gate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 599.1. Barrier means having locking-mean* for retaining
the barrier at a particular location.
| | (1)
Note. A conponent which (a) prevents the separation of the
dissociable member and (b) is located on one of the mating member
and directly engages the interlocking portion of the other mating member
is not considered a proper position locking-means* for
this subclass and is placed elsewhere as an interlocking component. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclasses 82.2 and 82.21 for a hoistline or grab hook having a
pivoted device for closing the entrance throat of the hook and a
latch for holding it in its closed positons. |
|
| | |
| 600.1 | Locking-means pivotally connected: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 599.9. Barrier means wherein the locking-means* for the
barrier is connected to another portion of the projection member
in a manner allowing it to both (a) swing in an arcuate path about
a constantly contacted connection point or region and (b) maintain
movement between the locking-means* and the other portion
of the projection at their contact point or region. |
| | |
| 600.2 | Locking-means slidably mounted: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 599.9. Barrier means wherein the locking-means* for the
barrier is connected to another portion of the projection member
by two distinct, rigid* or semirigid* formations
which are integral with or fixedly attached to the locking-means* and
other portion of the projection member respectively and have mutually
cooperating surfaces both (a) in sliding contact with each other
and (b) restricting the movement of the locking-means* to
substantially a primary direction along a linear or curvilinear
path. |
| | |
| 600.3 | Gate closes when structure-to-be-secured is tensioned: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 599.1. Barrier means which is swung about the barrier means" connection
to the shank and held in its obstructing position by a force applied
to the structure-to-be-secured* at a point remote from the
projection member and transmitted thereto through the portion of
the projecting member mounting the member to the structure-to-be-secured*. |
| | |
| 600.4 | Track or way guided gate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 598.7. Projection member wherein the barrier means is connected
to the shank by two distinct, rigid* or semirigid* formations
which are integral with or fixedly attached to the shank and barrier
means respectively and have mutually cooperating surfaces both (a)
in sliding or rolling contact with each other and (b) restricting the
movement of the barrier means to a substantially single, primary
direction along a linear or curvilinear path.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclass 82.23 for a hoistline or grab hook having a slidable
device for closing the entrance throat of the hook. |
|
| | |
| 600.5 | Having means biasing gate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 600.4. Barrier means which is slid or rolled along its path and
held in its obstructing or nonobstructing position by a biasing
force store in either (a) a separate spring or (b) an integral,
resilient* extension of the barrier means which does not
itself act as a barrier. |
| | |
| 600.6 | Guide of gate encircles shank: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 600.5. Barrier means wherein the rigid* or semirigid*,
movement restricting formation of the barrier means forms a closed
ring around the shank of the projection member. |
| | |
| 600.7 | Cavity in shank forms track or way: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 600.5. Barrier means wherein the rigid* or semirigid*,
movement restricting formation of the shank includes a hole therein
along which the movement restricting formation of the barriers means
slides or rolls when the barrier means moves between it obstructing
and nonobstructing positions. |
| | |
| 600.8 | With position locking-means for gate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 600.7. Barrier means provided with locking-means* for
retaining the barrier means at a particular location.
| | (1)
Note. A component which (a) prevents the separation of the
dissociable members and (b) is located on one of the mating members
and directly engages the interlocking portion of the other mating member
is not considered a proper position locking-means* for
this subclass and is placed elsewhere as an interlocking component. | |
| | |
| 600.9 | Resilient, self-biased gate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 598.7. Projection member wherein the barrier means is integral
with or fixedly attached to the shank and has a surface segment
both (a) movable relative to the shank and (b) biased either into or
out of its obstructing position by its own resiliency. |
| | |
| 601.1 | With position locking-means for gate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 600.9. Barrier means provided with locking-means* for
retaining the barrier means at a particular location.
| | (1)
Note. A component which (a) prevents the separation of the
dissociable members and (b) is located on one of the mating members
and directly engages the interlocking portion of the other mating member
is not considered a proper position locking-means* for
this subclass and is placed elsewhere as an interlocking component. | |
| | |
| 601.5 | Projection pivotally attached to shank or mounting structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 598.4. Projection member wherein the projection is movably connected
to either (1) the generally planar noninserted shank or (2) another
noninserted portion of the projection member mounting the projection
and shank to the structure-to-be-secured* in a manner allowing
the projection to both (a) swing in an arcuate path about a constantly
contacted connection point or region located on the shank or mounting
portion after insertion into the cavity to interlock therewith and
(b) maintain movement between the projection and shank or mounting
portion at their contact point or region. |
| | |
| 601.6 | Projection slidably mounted to shank or mounting structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 598.4. Projection member wherein the projection is movably connected
for allowing interlocking with the cavity after insertion to either
(1) the generally planar noninserted shank or (2) another noninserted
portion of the projection member mounting the projection shank to
the structure-to-be-secured* by two distinct, rigid* or
semirigid* formations which are integral with or fixedly
attached to the projection and shank or the shank and mounting portion respectively
and have mutually cooperating surfaces both (a) in sliding contact
with each other and (b) restricting the movement of the projection
or projection and shank to substantially a primary direction along
a linear or curvilinear path. |
| | |
| 601.7 | Projection self-biased towards shank or mounting structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 598.4. Projection member in which the projection is integral with
or rigidly affixed to the shank and is biased towards either the
shank, structure-to-be-secured*, or projection member connecting structure
by its own resiliency to allow interlocking with the cavity after
its insertion therethrough. |
| | |
| 601.9 | Cooperating with relatively stationary wire gate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 601.8. Projection member wherein the noninserted portion of the
projection member includes a distinct formation (e.g., gate) constructed
from the filament and nonmovably connected to the shank which cooperates
with the relatively movable biased projection and acts as a barrier to
close or reduce the unobstructed space between the tip of the projection
and the shank when the projection is located in one of its positions
to less than the amount of space needed to pass the projection into
or out the cavity. |
| | |
| 602 | Interlocking portion actuated or released responsive to
preselected condition (e.g., heat, pressure): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Separable-fastener* having the interlocking structure
of one of the mating members shifted into or out of interlocking
engagement when a specific, preselected condition (e.g., heat, pressure)
for which the fastener is designed to be sensitive beyond a specific
level is encountered in the fastener"s working environment.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 606, | through 608, for an operator* for causing movement between
projection components or surfaces. |
| 633, | through 642, for an operator* for causing movement between
components or surfaces of the receiving member. |
|
| | |
| 603 | Having electric or fluid powered, actuation or release,
of interlock: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Separable-fastener* having interlocking structure
shifted into or out of interlocking engagement by either (a) direct
electrically generated or fluid force thereon, or (b) electric or
fluid powered means pushing thereagainst during the association
or separation of the receiving and projection members.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 303, | for magnetic fasteners which may utilize electric
power to create their magnetic field. |
| 606, | through 608, for an operator* for causing movement between
projection components or surfaces. |
| 633, | through 642, for an operator* for causing movement between
components or surfaces of the receiving member. |
|
| | |
| 604 | Projection having movable connection between components
thereof or variable configuration: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Projection member wherein the projection inserted in or
through the cavity includes either (a) two distinct components connected
together in a manner allowing them at their connection point or
region to move relative to each other for facilitating engagement
and interlock with a portion of the receiving member during the securement
operation, or (b) a surface segment which is integral with or rigidly
affixed to the surface forming the remainder of the projection and
moves relative to this remaining surface at a point spaced therefrom
to vary the shape of the projection for facilitating engagement
and interlock with a portion of the receiving member during the
securement operation.
| | (1)
Note. The portion of the projection member which rigidly affixes
the movable surfaces of the projection to each other or movably
connects the components of the projection with each other is not
required to be inserted in or through the cavity. | |
| | |
| 605 | With additional, similar projection for engaging different
cavity: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 604. Separable-fastener* provided with an additional
projection having a similar shape and operation to the first projection
for engaging another cavity.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 589, | for a separable-fastener* having divergent
interlock means distinct from required cavity or projection of its
member. |
| 630, | through 632, for a separable-fastener* having both a
cavity with a movable component or surface and an additional cavity,
each of which are intended to engage a different projection when
interlocked. |
| 697, | for plural distinct projections with no relatively
movable components or surfaces. |
|
| | |
| 606 | And operator therefor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 604. Projection member having an operator* for causing
the movement between the two projection components or surface segments
during the securing operation.
| | (1)
Note. A component which both (a) prevents the separation of
the dissociable mating members, and (b) is located on one of the
mating members and directly engages the interlocking portion of
the other mating member is not considered a proper operator* for
this subclass and its indented subclasses and is placed as a relatively
movable interlocking component elsewhere. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 602, | for a separable-fastener* having interlocking
structure actuated or released responsive to preselected condition. |
| 603, | for a separable-fastener* having interlocking
structure actuated or released by electric or fluid power. |
| 633, | through 642, for an operator* for causing movement between
components or surfaces of the receiving member. |
|
| | |
| 607 | Including camming or wedging element on projection member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 606. Operator* including either a rigid* or
semirigid* rotatable camming or shiftable wedging element
mounted on the projection member and having a contact surface which
slides against, for causing the movement of, a cooperating contact
surface on or attached to either the interlock component or a surface
segment thereof when a rotating or shifting force is applied to
the camming or wedging element, and wherein the relative orientation
or contour of one of the contacting surfaces causes the movement
of the interlocking component or surface segment to be in a direction
other than (i.e., not identical to) that of the shifting or rotating
movement of the element. |
| | |
| 609 | Including pivotal connection between projection components: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 604. Projection having one of its interlocking components connected
either to its other interlocking component or another portion of
the projection member linking it thereto in a manner allowing it
to both (a) swing in an arcuate path about a constantly contacted
connection point or region located on either the other component
or the intermediate linking portion, and (b) maintain the required
relative movement between the surfaces of the components or the component
and linking portion at the contact point or region.
| | (1)
Note. An interlocking component which swings about a nonfixed
region of and maintains constant contact with the other component
or linking portion is included herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 643, | through 650, for a receiving member having a pivotal connection
between two of its components which allows relative movement between
two of its interlocking components. |
| 684, | for a pivotal, mounting connection allowing bodily
movement of the projection or cavity towards its interlocking connection. |
|
| | |
| 610 | Component slides relative to connection: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 609. Swinging interlock component which additionally moves in
a sliding manner along the contact region of the other interlock
component or linking portion.
| | (1)
Note. The pivoted engaging member may slide either transversely
to or along the constantly contacted region. |
| | (2)
Note. Relatively sliding portions which form part of and are
supported by the swinging component are not considered proper for
this subclass. | |
| | |
| 611 | And spring or resilient extension biasing about pivot: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 609. Swinging interlock component which is swung about its connection
and held either in or out of interlock position with the interlocking
structure of the receiving member by the biasing force stored in
either (a) a separate spring, or (b) an integral, resilient* extension
of this interlock component which does not itself interlock with
the receiving member. |
| | |
| 612 | Including slidably guided connection between nonself-biasing
projection components: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 604. Projection having one of its interlocking components connected
either to its other interlocking component or another portion of
the projection member linking it thereto by two distinct, rigid
or semirigid* formations which (1) are each integral with
or attached to a different one of the components or this component
and the linking portion and (2) have mutually cooperating surfaces
both (a) in sliding contact with each other, and (b) restricting the
relative movement of this interlocking component to substantially
a single primary direction between its interlock and noninterlock
positions, and further wherein this interlocking component is not
biased along the primary direction into or out of interlocking engagement
with the interlocking structure of the receiving member by its own
resiliency. |
| | |
| 613 | And distinct spring biasing component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 612. Projection having a spring separate from its slidably moving
interlocking component which applies a biasing force to and causes
the movement of this component into or out of interlock with the
receiving member. |
| | |
| 614 | Including resiliently biased projection component or surface
segment: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 604. Projection having at least one interlocking component or
surface segment both (a) movable relative to the remaining interlocking structure
of the projection and (b) biased either into or out of its normal
interlocking position by its own resiliency or the resiliency of
a noninterlocking component of the projection member attached thereto
or contacting therewith.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 662, | through 681, for a cavity member having two, relatively movable,
interlocking components or segments of which at least one is resiliently
biased to allow the movement. |
| 683, | for a projection or cavity having an integral resilient* segment
which is utilized to mount, and allow bodily movement of, the projection
or cavity. |
|
| | |
| 615 | Requiring manual force applied against bias to interlock
or disengage: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 614. Projection wherein the resiliently biased component or segment
is intended to be moved either into or out of its normal interlocking position
by manual force applied directly to the biased component or segment
in a direction opposite to that of the biasing force.
| | (1)
Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclasses it
is required that the direction of this manual force for moving the
resiliently biased component or segment be always applied at an
angle to the direction of travel of the projection member during
its final stage of association with the receiving member. | |
| | |
| 616 | Having connected leading edge and separated trailing arms: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Projection having (a) the end of the biased component or
segment which is initially inserted into the cavity either rigidly
connected to or integral with an end of the other projection component
or segment, and (b) the opposite ends of both of these projection components
or segments fully detached and biased away from each other. |
| | |
| 617 | Cooperating with cavity having side walls and axially biased
component capping end: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 614. Separable-fastener* wherein the biased component
or segment of the projection interlocks with a cavity member having
(1) an access opening, (2) side walls extending in a direction generally
parallel to the central axis of this opening, and (3) a projection
engaging component having at least a portion of its surface both (a)
biased for movement along a path following the central axis of the
access opening and side walls of the cavity and (b) preventing movement
of the inserted projection along this axis beyond the location of
the axially bias component in its retracted position. |
| | |
| 618 | Forming total external surface of projection: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 614. Projection having its outer surface constructed entirely
from either a single piece or a plurality of rigidly attached pieces
of resilient* material biased into or out of normal interlock
position by its or their own resiliency. |
| | |
| 619 | And encircling hollow central area: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 618. Projection wherein the resilient* material forms
a configuration having a central area (a) encircled by the material,
and (b) at least partially devoid of any other projection member structure.
| | (1)
Note. A cross section of the projection"s encircling
configuration transverse to the insertion path need not fully enclose
the central void area with a continuous surface formed by the resilient* material,
if there are segments of the resilient* material on all
sides of the void. | |
| | |
| 620 | Having separate mounting means inserted into area: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 619. Projection having separate means inserted into its encircled
area and engaging with the resilient* material for mounting
the projection to the structure-to-be-secured* or a support.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 682.1, | through 696, for means for mounting a projection or cavity portion
of a separable-fastener*. |
|
| | |
| 621 | Plastic deformation of means or surface required for mounting: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 620. Mounting means in which either the portion of mounting means
inserted into the projection or a portion of the projection member
engaging therewith is permanently deformed during the mounting operation
by a destructive force (i.e., a force in excess of the amount necessary
for its plastic deformation to the material) which completes the
connection between the two.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 691, | for projection or cavity mounting means which is
inserted into the projection or cavity and deformed. |
|
| | |
| 622 | Having separate mounting means encompassing cross section
of projection: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 619. Projection member having separate mounting means encompassing
a cross-sectional area of the configuration of the projection and
engaging with the material thereof to mount the projection to the
structure-to-be-secured* or a support.
| | (1)
Note. The separate mounting means of this subclass need not
fully encompass the cross section of the projection with a continuous
surface if there are segments of the material located on all sides thereof. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 692, | for projection or cavity mounting means which encircles
the projection or cavity and is deformed. |
|
| | |
| 623 | Having dome-shaped head and expansion slit along side: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 619. Projection with its configuration having both (a) an arched
or spherical portion which is the first portion of the configuration
inserted into the receiving member during the securement operation,
and (b) a gap along the side of the configuration for facilitating
expansion and contraction thereof. |
| | |
| 624 | And connected surface at tip of head: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 623. Projection having all sides of the arched or spherical portion
connection at the leading edge of the projection (i.e., the portion
of the projection initially inserted into the cavity). |
| | |
| 629 | Receiving member includes either movable connection between
interlocking components or variable configuration cavity: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Receiving member which includes either (a) two distinct
projection engaging or guiding components, in addition to or forming
a portion or portions of the required guiding cavity, connected
together in a manner allowing them at their connection point or
region to move relative to each other for facilitating interlock
with the projection of the mating member during the securement operation,
or (b) a cavity having a projection engaging or guiding surface
segment which is integral with or rigidly affixed to the surface
forming the remainder of the cavity and movable relative to this
remaining surface to change the shape of the cavity"s periphery for
facilitating interlock with the projection of the mating member
during the securement operation. |
| | |
| 630 | With additional cavity for engaging different projection: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Separable-fastener* having a receiving member provided
with another cavity for engaging an additional projection located
on either the same opposed projection member or a different projection
member.
| | (1)
Note. See (2) Note and (3) Note of subclass 588 for clarification
on what structure is required to form an additional cavity. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 589, | for a separable-fastener* having divergent
interlock means distinct from required cavity or projection of its
member. |
| 605, | for plural, similar shaped projections which each
engage a different cavity and have relatively movable components
or surfaces. |
| 697, | for plural distinct cavities with no relatively
movable components or surfaces. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 128, | Surgery,
subclass 563 for corsets and girdles having stays at their closure"s edges
and nonflaccid interengaging fasteners therefor. |
|
| | |
| 631 | Having common means actuating or releasing interlocking
components or surfaces: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 630. Separable-fastener* wherein each of the cavities
of the receiving member is provided with a projection interlocking
component or surface which is shifted into or out of interlocking engagement
with its projection by a force transmitted thereto from a single
means (e.g., push button) which is linked to or integral with the
interlocking component or surface of both cavities. |
| | |
| 633 | And operator therefor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Receiving member including an operator* for causing
the relative movement between the two projection engaging or guiding
components or segments during the securing operation.
| | (1)
Note. A component which both (a) prevents the separation of
the dissociable mating members, and (b) is located on one of the
mating members and directly engages the interlocking portion of
the other mating member is not considered a proper operator* for
this subclass and its indented subclasses and is placed as a relatively
movable interlocking component elsewhere. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 602, | for a separable-fastener* having interlocking
structure actuated or released responsive to preselected condition. |
| 603, | for a separable-fastener* having interlocking
structure actuated or released by electric or fluid power. |
| 606, | through 608, for an operator* for causing movement between
projection components or segments. |
|
| | |
| 635 | Operator includes camming or wedging element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 634. Operator* including either a rigid* or
semirigid*, rotatable camming or shiftable wedging element
having a contact surface which slides against, for causing the movement
of, a cooperating contact surface on or attached to either the interlock
component or segment when a rotating or shifting force is applied
to the camming or wedging element, and wherein the relative orientation
or contour of one of the contacting surfaces causes the movement
of the contacted surface of the interlocking component or segment
to be in a direction other than that of the shifting or rotating
movement of the element. |
| | |
| 636 | Including pivotally connected element on receiving member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 633. Operator* including an element connected to the
receiving member in a manner allowing it to both (a) swing in an
arcuate path about a constantly contacted connection point or region of
the stationary remainder of the receiving member, and (b) maintain
relative movement between the surfaces of the element and remainder
of the receiving member at the contact point or region when causing
the relative movement between the components or segments. |
| | |
| 637 | For shifting pivotally connected interlocking component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 636. Receiving member wherein the operator* element
moves a projection engaging or guiding component which is connected
to the stationary remainder of the receiving member in a manner allowing
it to both (a) swing in an arcuate path about a constantly contacted
connection point or region on the remainder of the receiving member,
and (b) maintain relative movement between its surface and that
of the remainder of the receiving member at the contact point or region
when moving between its interlock and noninterlock positions.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 646, | for a swinging, interlocking component and a relatively
movable handle therefor. |
|
| | |
| 638 | Element and component pivot about same axis: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 637. Receiving member in which both the operator* element
and the projection or guiding component moved by the element swing
about the same constantly contacted connection point or region located
on the stationary remainder of the receiving member.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 646, | for a swinging, interlocking component and a relatively
movable handle therefor. |
|
| | |
| 639 | For shifting slidably connected and guided, nonself-biasing,
interlocking component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 636. Receiving member wherein the operator* element
moves a projection engaging or guiding component interconnected
with the remaining stationary component of the receiving member by
two distinct, rigid* or semirigid* formations which
(1) are each integral with or fixedly attached to a different one
of the components, and (2) have mutually cooperating surfaces both
(a) in sliding contact with each other and (b) restricting the relative
motion of the moving projection engaging or guiding component to
substantively a single primary direction between its interlock and
noninterlock positions, and further wherein this relatively movable
component is neither biased along the primary direction into or
out of interlock engagement with the interlocking structure of the
projection by its own resiliency.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 655, | for a sliding interlocking component and a relatively
movable handle therefor. |
|
| | |
| 640 | Including slidably connected and guided element on receiving
member: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 633. Operator* including an element connected to a remaining
stationary component of the receiving member by two distinct, rigid* formations which
(1) are each integral with or fixedly attached to the element and
the component, and (2) have mutually cooperating surfaces both (a) sliding
relative to each other and (b) restricting the relative motion of
the element to substantively a single primary direction. |
| | |
| 641 | For shifting pivotally connected interlocking component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 640. Receiving member wherein the operator* element
moves a projection engaging or guiding component which is connected
to the stationary remainder of the receiving member in a manner allowing
it to both (a) swing in an arcuate path about a constantly contacted
connection point or region on the remainder of the receiving member,
and (b) maintain relative movement between its surface and that
of the remainder of the receiving member at the contact point or region
when moving between its interlock and noninterlock positions.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 646, | for a swinging interlocking component and a relatively
movable handle therefor. |
|
| | |
| 642 | For shifting slidably connected and guided, nonself-biasing,
interlocking component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 640. Receiving member wherein the operator* element
moves a projection engaging or guiding component connected to a
remaining stationary component of the receiving member by two distinct,
rigid* or semirigid* formations which (1) are
each integral with or fixedly attached to a different one of the
components, and (2) have mutually cooperating surfaces both (a)
in sliding contact with each other and (b) restricting the relative
motion of the moving projection engaging or guiding component to
substantively a single primary direction between its interlock and
noninterlock positions, and further wherein this relatively movable
component is neither biased along the primary direction into nor
out of interlock engagement with the interlocking structure of the
projection by its own resiliency.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 655, | for a sliding interlocking component and a relatively
movable handle therefor. |
|
| | |
| 643 | Having pivotally connected interlocking component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Receiving member having its relatively movable projection
engaging or guiding component connected to its other projection
engaging or guiding component in a manner allowing it to both (a)
swing in an arcuate path about a constantly contacted connection
point or region located on either the other component or an intermediate
linking portion of the member, and (b) maintain the required relative
movement between the surfaces of the components or the component
and linking portion at the contact point or region.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 609, | through 611, for a receiving member having a pivotal connection
between two components which allows relative movement between two,
distinct, inserted components of its projection. |
| 684, | for a pivotal, mounting connection allowing bodily
movement of the projection or cavity towards its interlocking connection. |
|
| | |
| 644 | Blocking removal of formation on projection from complementary
formation on side wall of cavity: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 643. Receiving member wherein the swinging component moves into
or out of a position which prevents the separation of a distinct
interlocking formation (e.g., aperture) located on the projection
member from a distinct stationary interlocking formation located
on the axially extending walls of the cavity having a shape complementary
to the formation of the projection.
| | (1)
Note. The formation within the cavity must be more than a
simple extension of and be spaced from the initial structure defining
the access opening. | |
| | |
| 645 | And position locking-means therefor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 643. Receiving member having locking-means* for retaining
the swinging component at a particular location.
| | (1)
Note. A component which (a) prevents the separation of the
dissociable members and (b) is located on one of the mating members
and directly engages the interlocking portion of the other mating member
is not considered a proper position locking-means* for
this subclass and is places elsewhere as an interlocking component. | |
| | |
| 646 | And relatively movable handle therefor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 643. Receiving member having an element connected to it which
is both (1) distinct from the swinging component and neither guides
nor interlocks with the projection, and (2) connected to its member
in a manner which allows it to (a) transmit a manual input force
applied directly upon it to the swinging component when moving therewith
and (b) move relative to the swinging component only when an input force
applied to the element or component is not transmitted therebetween.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 638, | for a swinging interlocking component and a manually
engaged pivoting element which requires relative movement between
the component and element during the transmittal of an input force
therebetween. |
|
| | |
| 647 | Requiring manual force thereon to interlock or disengage: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 643. Swinging component in which manual force is intended to
be applied directly on, and in the same direction as the motion
of, this component when swinging it relative to the other component
and moving it either to or from its interlocking position with the
projection. |
| | |
| 649 | Having aperture therein alignable with parallel access
opening: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 647. Swinging component having an aperture (e.g., closed hole,
channel) formed in it which is (a) located in a plane parallel to
the one in which the access opening of the cavity is located, and (b)
travels in this plane between a position in which one portion thereof
is aligned with the central axis of the access opening when the projection
is interlocked and another position in which this interlocking portion
of the aperture is in a location which allows the projection to
freely pass through the access opening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 597, | for a receiving member having a component which
is mounted to rotate about the central axis of the access opening
of the cavity and includes an interlocking aperture located therein or
therethrough. |
|
| | |
| 651 | Having cavity with side walls and axially biased component
capping end: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Receiving member having (1) a cavity component or surface
segment with an access opening and side walls extending in a direction
generally parallel to the central axis of this opening, and (2)
a projection engaging component or segment, with at least a portion
of its surface both (a) biased for movement along a path following
the central axis of the opening of the cavity and (b) preventing
movement of the inserted projection along this axis beyond its location
in its retracted position. |
| | |
| 652 | Having slidably connected, nonself-biasing interlocking
component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Receiving member having its relatively movable engaging
or guiding component connected to its other engaging or guiding
component by two distinct, rigid* or semirigid* formations which
(1) are each integral with or fixedly attached to a different one
of the components, and (2) have mutually cooperating surfaces both
(a) sliding relative to each other and (b) restricting the relative
motion of the moving component to substantively a single primary direction
between its interlock and noninterlock positions, and further wherein
the relatively movable component is not biased along the primary
direction into or out of interlocking engagement with interlocking
structure of the projection by it"s own resiliency. |
| | |
| 653 | Blocking removal of formation on projection from complementary
formation on side wall of cavity: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Receiving member in which the relatively movable sliding
component moves into or out of a position which prevents the separation
of a distinct interlocking formation (e.g., aperture) located on
the projection member and a distinct stationary interlocking formation
located on the axially extending walls of the cavity having a shape
complementary to the formation of the projection.
| | (1)
Note. The formation within the cavity must be more than a
simple extension of the access opening and axially spaced therefrom. | |
| | |
| 654 | And position locking-means therefor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Receiving member having locking-means* for retaining
the sliding component at a particular location.
| | (1)
Note. A component which (a) prevents the separation of the
dissociable members and (b) is located on one of the mating members
and directly engages the interlocking portion of the other mating member
is not considered a proper position locking-means* for
this subclass and is placed elsewhere as an interlocking component. | |
| | |
| 655 | And relatively movable handle therefor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Receiving member having an element connected to it which
is both (1) distinct from the sliding component and neither guides
not interlocks with the projection, and (2) connected to its member
in a manner which allows it to (a) transmit a manual input force
applied directly upon it to the sliding component when moving therewith
and (b) move relative to the sliding component only when an input
force applied to the element or component is not transmitted therebetween.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 642, | for a sliding interlocking component and a manually
engaged sliding element which requires relative movement between
the component and element during transmittal of an input force therebetween. |
|
| | |
| 656 | Requiring manual force thereon to interlock or disengage: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Sliding component in which manual force is intended to be
applied directly on and in the same direction as the motion of this
component when sliding it relative to the other component and moving
it either to or from its interlocking position with the projection. |
| | |
| 658 | Having closed aperture therethrough alignable with parallel
access opening: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 656. Sliding component having an aperture with a continuous circumference
formed through it which is in a parallel plane to and has (a) one portion
aligned with the central axis of the access opening of the cavity
in the interlocking position of the movable sliding component and (b)
another portion of the aperture aligned with the central axis of
noninterlocking position of the movable sliding component. |
| | |
| 659 | Having flaccid component defining access opening of cavity: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Receiving member having at least a segment of the access
opening of the cavity constructed from a flaccid* material
to allow the perimeter of the opening to change either its size
or shape during the interlocking operation.
| | (1)
Note. The flaccid* segment of the access opening
of the cavity in this and the indented subclasses may be formed
by a flaccid* piece of the structure-to-be-secured* (e.g.,
a button hole). |
| | (2)
Note. The flaccid* material of this and the indented
subclasses may also be elastic in nature (e.g., a button loop made
of thin rubber material). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 112, | Sewing,
subclasses 65 through 77for buttonhole forming machines; subclass 431 for
a web or sheet having an aperture (e.g., buttonhole) around which
a filamentary material or strandlike tape is sewn; and subclass 437
for a sewn web or sheet having apertured or openwork (e.g., buttonhole)
therein. |
|
| | |
| 662 | Having resiliently biased interlocking component or segment: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Receiving member having one of its interlocking components
or segments both (a) movable relative to the remaining interlocking
structure of the receiving member, and (b) biased either into or
out of its normal interlocking position by its own resiliency or
the resiliency of a noninterlocking component of the receiving member
attached thereto or contacting therewith.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 614, | through 627, for a projection having two, relatively movable,
inserted components or segments of which at least one is resiliently
biased to allow their movement. |
| 683, | for a projection or cavity having an integral resilient* segment
which is utilized to mount, and allow bodily movement of, the projection
or cavity. |
|
| | |
| 663 | Cavity or projection rotates about axis of cavity to dissociate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Dissociable mating members wherein it is necessary to rotate
either a portion of the projection or receiving member about the
central axis of the access opening of the cavity to dissociate them
from each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 590+, | for dissociable mating members which must be rotated
relative to each other about the axis of the cavity access opening
to complete interlock. |
|
| | |
| 664 | Requiring manual force applied against bias to interlock
or disengage: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Receiving member wherein the resiliently biased component
or segment is intended to be moved either into or out of its normal
interlocking position by manual force applied directly to the biased
component or segment in a direction opposite to that of the biasing
force on this component or segment.
| | (1)
Note. To be proper for this and the indented subclasses it
is required that the direction of this manual force for moving the
resiliently biased component or component segment be always applied
at an angle to the direction of travel of the projection member
during its final stage of association with the receiving member. | |
| | |
| 665 | And partially blocking separate, nonresilient access opening
of cavity: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 664. Receiving member wherein the resiliently biased component
or segment extends across or into a portion of the access path of
the projection to (a) reduce the width of this path beyond, and
(b) hinder its removal or entrance of the projection through a separate
(i.e., nonintegral), nonresilient component of the receiving member
which forms the access opening of the cavity. |
| | |
| 666 | And closed elongated access opening for guiding transverse
projection travel after insertion: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Receiving member having a component or segment with connected
walls which (a) fully encircle the access path of the projection
into the cavity, and (b) have a configuration with one dimension
of greater length than the corresponding dimension of the projection
in its insertion attitude to allow the projection after insertion
therethrough to abruptly change its direction of movement and bodily
travel a significant distance along the encircling walls in a path
which is transverse to the access path.
| | (1)
Note. The distance traveled by the projection during its transverse
movement should be at least half of the projection"s length
in its corresponding dimension to be considered significant. |
| | (2)
Note. A section of the fully encircling walls may be formed
by a portion of the structure-to-be-secured* connected
to two other wall sections of the component or segment. |
| | (3)
Note. If no abrupt change in travel direction is necessary
by the projection after its insertion through the access opening, then
it is not proper for this and the indented subclasses. |
| | (4)
Note. A minor expansion gap in the access opening encircling
wall which does not allow any of the projection member"s
structure to pass therethrough is still considered to be "fully
encircling" and proper for this and the indented subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 701, | for similar art not having a resiliently biased
interlocking component or segment. |
|
| | |
| 667 | Nonresilient walls define opening: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Receiving member wherein the access path encircling walls
of the component or segment are constructed in a manner which prevents them
from expanding in any direction transverse to that of the projection
access path. |
| | |
| 668 | Formed from wire: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Receiving member wherein the access path encircling walls
are constructed at least in part from a rigid* or semirigid* filament.
| | (1)
Note. A portion of one of the walls of this subclass may be
considered the resiliently biased component or segment if it is
resiliently constructed and this resiliency is necessary for interlock. | |
| | |
| 669 | And access opening with gapped perimeter for allowing movement
of noninserted projection support therepast: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Receiving member also having its cavity defined by a component
or segment which only partially encircles the access path of the inserted
portion of the projection at the point where its movement is initially
restricted by the cavity and wherein the vacant space in the component
or segment at this point is intended to allow a noninserted portion
of the projection member supporting the projection (i.e., the portion
linking or mounting the inserted projection to the structure-to-be-secured* or
a supporting structure therefor) to travel with the projection to
a location beyond its entry point into the cavity.
| | (1)
Note. See (2) Note of subclass 588. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 702, | for similar art not having a resiliently biased
component or segment. |
|
| | |
| 671 | Partially blocking separate, nonresilient, access opening
of cavity: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Receiving member wherein the resiliently biased component
extends across or into a portion of the travel path of the projection
to (a) reduce the width of this path, and (b) hinder the removal
or entrance of the projection through a separate (i.e., nonintegral)
nonresilient component of the receiving member which forms the access
opening of the cavity.
| | (1)
Note. If the resilient* element is located at one
side of the access opening, it is proper for this and the indented
subclasses only if structure of the nonresilient component is also
found on this side and radially spaced a further distance from the
central axis of the access opening. | |
| | |
| 672 | And bodily shifted into or out of interlock location by
manual force thereon: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Resiliently biased component or segment which is intended
to be shifted in its entirety relative to the nonresilient access
opening when moving either to or from its interlocking position
with the projection by manual force applied directly to an integral
force or fixedly attached portion thereof.
| | (1)
Note. The resiliently biased component or segment of this
subclass is either forced against a portion of the projection or
a relatively stationary portion of the receiving member by the manual
force and coacts therewith to exceed the biasing force acting on
it. If the manual force is applied directly to the component or segment
in a direction opposite to the biasing force thereon, then it is
proper for subclass 665 and not this subclass. | |
| | |
| 673 | Formed from wire: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 671. Receiving member wherein the resiliently biased component
or segment is constructed from a semirigid* filament. |
| | |
| 675 | Similar, distinct sections: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 674. Filament with two curved or bent projection engaging sections
having a similar shape to and distinct from (i.e., are noncontinuous
curves or bends) each other. |
| | |
| 679 | Having portion of cavity deformed during mounting: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Receiving member wherein an integral of fixedly attached
projection receiving cavity has its initial configuration altered
during the operation mounting the receiving member to the structure-to-be-secured* by
a deforming force transmitted to the portion in excess of the amount
of force necessary for plastic deformation of the material from
which the portion is constructed.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 688, | through 690, for deformable mounting means formed from a fixedly attached
to projection or cavity member. |
|
| | |
| 680 | And cooperating with separate mounting component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Receiving member in which a separate component of the receiving
member cooperates with the altered portion of the cavity to enhance
the mounting of the receiving member to the structure-to-be-secured*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 689, | for a cavity or projection member having a deformable
portion cooperating with a detached component during the mounting
operation. |
|
| | |
| 681 | Having axially extending expansion slit along side of cavity: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 662. Receiving member wherein the component or segment forming
the projection receiving cavity has a gap or slit located in one
of its walls extending in the same direction as the central axis
of the access opening to allow the cavity to either resiliently
expand or contract during the interlocking operation.
| | (1)
Note. To be proper for this subclass the length of the gap
or slit in the direction of the central axis must be of a greater magnitude
than the thickness of the material from which the cavity is constructed. | |
| | |
| 682.1 | Means for mounting projection or cavity portion: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Separable-fastener* wherein means are provided
for securing either a projection or cavity portion of the dissociable
mating members to the surface of either the structure-to-be-secured* or
a support therefor.
| | (1)
Note. For a mounting means to be proper for this subclass
or indented subclasses, it must retain the projection or cavity member
at a specific location on, or in the region of the surface to which
it is attached (i.e., it does not allow unrestricted movement along
or removal from the mounting surface). |
| | (2)
Note. Separable-fastener* mounted solely by a simple
encircling loop are classified elsewhere based on another feature
of the separable-fastener*. |
| | (3)
Note. Separable fasteners* mounted by another fastener
of this class are found under "Combined Diverse Multipart Fasteners" or
subclasses 573+ (see subclass 573 search note to this class,
subclasses 305-380 and 379.1 for the line between these areas). |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 90.1, | through 114.12, for buttons with means to attach them to the structure-to-be-secured*. |
| 265, | for devices utilized to attach an unclaimed separable-fastener* to
the end of a strap. |
| 413, | and 414, for means for mounting individual elements
of a zippers interlocking surface. |
| 444, | for means for attaching a mounting surface for numerous
filaments (e.g., hook and loop type fastener) to the structure-to-be-secured* or
a support therefor. |
|
| | |
| 683 | Allows bodily movement facilitating interlock: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 682.1. Mounting means constructed in a manner which allows the
projection or cavity portion of the dissociable member to move as
a complete unit relative to the surface to which it is mounted to
facilitate the interlocking operation.
| | (1)
Note. Mounting means allowing relative movement between interlocking
components or component segments of either the projection or cavity
portion are excluded from this subclass and its indented subclasses
and are found in subclasses 604-627 and 629-681. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 586, | for a separable-fastener* having selective
interlocking position between opposed faces and mounting means for
one of its members allowing interlock facilitating repositioning
of a face. |
| 614, | through 627, for a projection having two, relatively movable,
inserted components or segments, one of which is resiliently biased
to allow the movement. |
| 662, | through 681, for a cavity member having two, relatively movable,
interlocking components or segments, one of which is resiliently
biased to allow the movement. |
|
| | |
| 684 | About pivotal connection: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 683. Mounting means which allows (a) the projection or cavity
portion of the dissociable member to swing in an arcuate path about
a constantly contacted connection point or region located on the
surface to which it is mounted, and (b) maintain relative movement
at the contact point or region between the contacting portions of
the mounting means and the mounting surface.
| | (1)
Note. A dissociable member having a projection or cavity portion
which swings about a nonfixed point within a fixed region of the
mounting surface is included herein if it maintains the required
contact and relative movement at the connection. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 609+, | for a projection member having a pivotal connection
between two components which allows relative movement between two,
distinct, inserted components of its projection. |
| 643, | through 650, for a receiving member having a pivotal connection
between two of its components which allows relative movement between
two of its interlocking components. |
|
| | |
| 685 | Includes resilient component separate from portion: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 683. Mounting means including a resilient component which is
distinct and separate from (i.e., nonintegral) the projection or
cavity portion of the dissociable member and allows the portion"s
movement relative to the mounting surface. |
| | |
| 687 | Having component of means permanently deformed during mounting
operation: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 682.1. Mounting means having its initial configuration altered
during the operation of mounting the dissociable member to the structure-to-be-secured* by
a deforming force in excess of the amount of force necessary for
plastic deformation of the material from which this component of
the means is constructed.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 679, | for receiving members having a resiliently biased
component or segment and a deformed mounting portion. |
| 703, | for a fastener destructively deformed during fastening. |
|
| | |
| 688 | And formed from or fixedly attached to projection or cavity
portion: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 687. Deformed component also integral with or permanently secured
to the projection or cavity portion of the dissociable member before
the beginning of the mounting operation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 36, | for a one-piece belt fastener mounted to the belt
by a deformed prong. |
| 414, | for deformable jaws for mounting* individual
elements of zipper"s interlocking surface. |
| 679, | for resilient* cavity which is deformed
during its mounting operation. |
|
| | |
| 689 | Cooperates with detached component of means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 688. Deformed component which cooperates after deformation with
a component of the mounting means previously separate and detached
therefrom.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 680, | for a deformable, resilient* cavity which
cooperates with a separate component during the mounting operation. |
|
| | |
| 690 | Having shape facilitating impaling of mounting surface: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 688. Deformed component having a configuration specifically designed
for piercing through or into the material of the mounting surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 689, | and 696, for a mounting component which has a shape
facilitating impaling of the mounting surface. |
|
| | |
| 691 | And inserted into or through cavity or projection: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 687. Deformed component which is also inserted into or through
either the cavity or projection of the dissociable member during
the mounting operation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 621, | for a resilient* projection having deformable
mounting means inserted into a hollow central area of the projection. |
|
| | |
| 692 | And encircling cavity or projection: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 687. Deformed component which also encircles either the base
of the cavity or projection of the dissociable member during the
mounting operation.
| | (1)
Note. The deformed component of this subclass need not fully
encircle the base of the cavity or projection with a continuous
surface as long as there are segments of its material located on
all sides thereof. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 622, | for a resilient* projection having deformable
mounting means encircling it. |
|
| | |
| 693 | Consisting of thermally fusible substance: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 682.1. Mounting means consisting of a substance which during the
mounting operation is (a) in contact with both the mounting surface
and the cavity or projection portion, (b) heated to a temperature
melting it from its solid state into its liquid or plastic state,
and (c) cooled to a temperature which allows the substance to return
to its solid state and weld the cavity or projection portion to
the mounting surface.
| | (1)
Note. The fusible substance may be separate from or part of
either the mounting surface or the cavity or projection portion. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclasses 270 through 272for a fusion bond between two rigid* or
semirigid* members forming the joint therebetween. |
|
| | |
| 694 | Having threaded formation: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 682.1. Mounting means having a projecting or concaved formation
and a helical rib protruding from and located around the perimeter
of this formation cooperating with a complementary formation on
another portion of the means during the mounting operation. |
| | |
| 695 | Having specific structure for cooperating with stitching: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 682.1. Mounting means having a component with a formation specifically
designed to cooperate with a separate, flexible filament, mounting component
stitched into the supporting surface.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 112, | Sewing,
subclasses 406 through 408for a web or sheet having an external fastener
(e.g., button) sewn thereto. |
|
| | |
| 697.1 | Plural distinct cavities or projections: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Separable-fastener* having either (1) a receiving
member provided with plural cavities which share no common shape
defining surfaces and are intended to engage different projection,
(2) plural separate receiving members each provided with a cavity
intended to engage a different projection, or (3) plural projections located
on either a single inserted member or plural inserted members each
of which is intended to engage a different cavity of either (a)
a receiving member provided with plural cavities which share no
common shape defining surfaces or (b) plural separate receiving members
each provided with their own cavity.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 305, | through 380, for plural diverse type separable-fasteners having
independent operation. |
| 589, | for a separable-fastener* having divergent
interlock means distinct from required cavity or projection of its
member. |
| 605, | for plural, similar projections which each engage
a different cavity and have relatively movable components or surfaces. |
| 630, | through 632, for a separable-fastener* having two, distinct
cavities, one of which must include movable components or surfaces. |
| 685, | for plural projections or cavities biased into interlocking
engagement with each other by a nonintegral resilient mounting element
(e.g., strip). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclass 381 for interfitted panels (i.e., structure-to-be-secured*)
having interlocking structure at their joints including enlarged
heads and complementary recesses. |
| 450, | Foundation Garments,
subclass 139 for corsets and girdles having stays at their closure"s
edges and nonflaccid interengaging fasterners therefor. |
|
| | |
| 697.2 | Hook type: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 697.1. Separable-fastener* having at least one projection
which (a) is connected at one end to a generally planar noninserted
shank mounted to the struc-ture-to-be-secured* or another
portion of the projection member and (b) has its opposite end (i.e.,
tip) free from fixed connection with any other portion of the projection
member and bending generally toward either the shank or the connection
of the projection member to the structure-to-be-secured*
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 370, | through 376, for plural diverse type hooks having independent
operation. |
|
| | |
| 698.1 | Hook-shaped projection member passing through cavity: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Projection member having a generally planar noninserted
shank connected at one end to the structure-to-be-secured* or
a mounting portion of its member and at its other end to an integral or
rigidly attached appendage forming the inserted projection which
appendage (a) has its opposite end free from connection with any other
portion of the projection member, (b) bends generally toward either
the shank portion or the connection of the projection member with
the structure-to-be-secured* or support and (c) passes
at least partially through a cavity.
| | (1)
Note. Hooks which are used as tools are excluded from Class
24 (see Lines With Other Classes of the class defintion) and are
found elsewhere. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclass 7 for methods and apparatus for making a hook. |
| 43, | Fishing, Trapping, and Vermin Destroying,
subclasses 43.16 through 44.86for a fishing hook. |
| 54, | Harness for Working Animal,
subclasses 46 and 62 for a hook shaped device used in combination
with harness. |
| 114, | Ships,
subclasses 377 through 380for a connector (e.g., hook) adapted to connect
a life craft to life craft handling apparatus and subclasses 301-310
for a fluke type anchor. |
| 152, | Resilient Tires and Wheels,
subclasses 241 and 242 for a chain securing device in combination
with, or specially adapted for use with, an annular for use with,
an annular tire chain. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclasses 211 , 213, 215, 225.21, 227.2, 290.1, 301, 303, 304-308,
and 339-341 for a bracket having either a hook type article support
or a support hook for the bracket. |
| 278, | Land Vehicles: Animal Draft Appliances,
subclasses 51 , 111-117, and 127-130 for a hook shaped device
in combination with a draft appliance. |
| 292, | Closure Fasteners,
subclasses 95 through 108for a hooked end bolt. |
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclass 82.1 for a hoistline or grab hook; also subclass 26 (see
(1) Note above). |
| 623, | Prosthesis, (i.e., Artificial Body Members), Parts
Thereof, or Aids and Accessories Thereof,
subclasses 57 through 65for a hook used to replace a hand. |
| D11, | Jewelry, Symbolic Insignia, and Ornaments,
subclasses 208 through 211for a hook and eye type fastener. |
|
| | |
| 698.3 | Formed solely from wire: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 698.1. Projection member completely constructed from one or more
rigid* or semirigid* filaments.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 601.3, | 601.8, and 601.9, for a hook and gate formed solely
from wire and having a relatively movable portion. |
|
| | |
| 700 | Cavity having specific shape: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Receiving member where in the boundary of its cavity is
defined by a segment of the member"s structure having a
detailed configuration or contour. |
| | |
| 701 | Including closed elongated access opening for guiding transverse
projection travel after insertion: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 700. Receiving member including a structural formation with connected
walls which (a) fully encircle the access path of the projection
into the cavity, and (b) have a configuration with one dimension
of greater length than the corresponding dimension of the projection
in its inserted attitude to allow the projection after insertion
therethrough to abruptly change its direction of movement an bodily
travel a significant distance along the encircling walls in a path
which is transverse to the access path to complete interlock.
| | (1)
Note. The distance traveled by the projection during its transverse
movement should be at least half of the projection"s length
in its corresponding dimension to be considered significant. |
| | (2)
Note. One of the encircling walls may be formed by a portion
of the structure-to-be-secured* connected to the other walls. |
| | (3)
Note. If no abrupt change in travel direction is necessary
by the projection after it"s insertion through the access
opening to complete interlock, then it is not proper in this subclass. |
| | (4)
Note. A minor gap in the access opening encircling wall which
does not allow any of the projection member"s structure
to pass therethrough is still considered to be "fully encircling" and
proper for this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 666, | through 668, for similar art having a resiliently biased interlocking
component or segment. |
|
| | |
| 702 | Having access opening with gapped perimeter for allowing
movement of noninserted projection support therepast: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 700. Receiving member having its cavity defined by structure
which only partially encircles the access path of the inserted portion
of the projection at the point where its movement is initially restricted
by the cavity and wherein the vacant space in the structure at this
point is intended to allow a noninserted portion of the projection
member supporting the projection (i.e., the portion linking or mounting
the inserted projection to the structure-to-be-secured* or
a supporting structure therefor) to travel with the projection to
a location beyond the projection entry point into the cavity.
| | (1)
Note. See (2) Note of subclass 588. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 669, | and 670, for similar art having a resiliently biased
component or segment. |
|
| | |
| 703.1 | FASTENER DESTRUCTIVELY SECURED BY RESHAPING DISTORTION
FORCE (E.G., DUCTILE FASTENER): |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising a securing means having an initial
configuration which is altered during the securing operation by
a deforming force transmitted to a portion thereof in excess of
the amount of force necessary for plastic deformation of the material from
which it is constructed (i.e., a force greater than any natural
resiliency in the material which causes structural fatigue) and
causing it to either break or bend into a new configuration it maintains
during the securing operation after the force is removed.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass is intended to provide for securing means
which either (a) can not be removed without the destruction of the
means when the securing operation is reversed (i.e., permanently deformed
fasteners), or (b) will be destroyed by structural fatigue of the material
after repeated operations weaken the material at the bending portion
(i.e., ductilely reshapeable fastener). |
| | (2)
Note. See the class definition for patent placement procedure. |
| | (3)
Note. This subclass and its intended subclasses are intended
to provide a single temporary locus within Class 24 for deformable
fasteners currently found in existing subclasses therein. Until
these deformable fasteners are gathered together at this locus it
is not possible to establish clear lines with, and transfer large
groups of patents to, either Class 411 or Class 403. Therefore,
deformable fasteners have been transferred to Class 411 or Class
403 only when an existing subclass therein already specifically
provides for them. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 16, | for bale ties, package ties, and hose clamps which
are reshaped or deformed. |
| 30.5, | for twisted bag fasteners. |
| 35, | and 36, for bendable, one-piece belt fasteners. |
| 94, | through 96, for buttons mounted to the struct-ure-to-be-secured* by
a deflecting prong or rivet. |
| 115, | for bendable cord or rope holders. |
| 265, | for bendable strap-end-attaching devices. |
| 687, | through 692, for similar art utilized in mounting a separable-fastener* member. |
| 704.1, | and 704.2, for fasteners which are destructively
distorted only when disengaged. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 5, | Beds,
subclass 655.6 or 696 for a tufting button having air venting
structure intended for use with a mattress or cushion. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections, appropriate subclasses for a deformed fastener having
structure which makes it peculiar to use with a provided for joint. |
| 411, | Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed,
or Locked-Threaded Fastener, appropriate subclasses for general utility fasteners
having a deformed portion. |
| 454, | Ventilation,
subclasses 120 , 140, 144, and 152 for a tufting button having
air venting structure intended for use with a seat. |
|
| | |
| 703.2 | Distorted structure having shape facilitating impaling: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 703.1. Securing means wherein the deformed portion of the means
has an initial configuration facilitating its penetrating into and
forming a hole through either the structure-to-be-secured* or
a support member therefor.
| | (1)
Note. Class 402 takes a deformed fastener which clearly discloses
that the fastener (a) enters or forms an opening in a sheet of paper,
(b) can be separated by hand from the sheet after fastening without
damage to either the sheet or fastener, and (c) has the sole disclosed utility
of retaining a sheet of a paper. A fastener which is reusable after
removal is assumed to be undamaged under the standards of Class
402. Also, a paper fastener which does not state that it is either
damaged or reusable after removal in the disclosure is (a) assumed
reusable if it is deformed by direct manual force and contact and
(b) assumed damaged if it is deformed by contact with other fastener
structure (e.g., anvil plate) which prevents direct manual contact
with the deformed segment after fastening. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 402, | Binder Devices Releasably Engaging Aperture or
Notch of Sheet,
subclasses 14 through 18for a deformable sheet retainer secured by folding a
portion thereof. |
|
| | |
| 703.4 | Detached cooperating structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 703.3. Securing means which the deformed penetrating portion prior
to its penetration is completely disconnected from the nonpenetrating engaging
portion of the means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 402, | Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or
Notch of Sheet,
subclasses 15 through 17for a deformable retainer cooperating with a holder
therefor. |
|
| | |
| 703.5 | Including plural impaling elements: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 703.2. Securing means in which the deformed portion includes two
distinct penetrating elements.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 402, | Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or
Notch of Sheet,
subclass 14 for a deformable sheet retainer. |
| 411, | Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed,
or Locked-Threaded Fastener,
subclasses 457 through 476for a multiple prong impact driven fastener. |
|
| | |
| 703.6 | Elements form single aperture (e.g., split shank type): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 703.5. Securing means wherein the penetrating elements touch each
other during penetration and form a single hole through the structure-to-be-secured* or
a support member therefor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 402, | Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or
Notch of Sheet,
subclass 14 for a deformable sheet retainer. |
| 411, | Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed,
or Locked-Threaded Fastener,
subclass 502 for headed fasteners having plural deflected legs. |
|
| | |
| 704.1 | READILY INTERLOCKING, TWO-PART FASTENER REQUIRING EITHER DESTRUCTIVE
OR TOOL DISENGAGEMENT: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising a securing means having two repositionable
portions which are easily brought into final securing engagement
with each other by unassisted manual force and are held in this
engaged position by either (1) the relative movement between sections
of one of the portions, (2) the reorientation after contact of one
of the portions relative to the other portion, or (3) an external
force transmitted to one of the portions by a structure-to-be-secured* or
a supporting structure therefore, and wherein one of these holding
methods prevents the portions from separating until either (a) a
force of sufficient magnitude is applied to the securing means to destructively
distort an engaging portion thereof rendering it unusable unless
repaired, or (b) a tool required operation (i.e., an operation which
could not be done by unassisted manual force or dexterity in the
disclosed environment) is utilized to manipulate, or apply a force
to, an engaging portion of the securing means.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass and its indented subclasses are intended
to provide a single locus within Class 24 for destructive or tool
disengaged, readily interlocking fasteners currently found in existing
subclasses therein. Until these fasteners are gathered together
at this locus it is not possible to establish clear lines with Class
411 or Class 403. Therefore, only fasteners of this type already
specifically provide for in Class 403 or Class 411 have been transferred
thereto. |
| | (2)
Note. See the class definition for patent placement procedure. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 572, | for separable-fasteners* which have two
separate components dissociated from each other by tool manipulation of
an operator* attached to one of the components. |
| 703.1, | through 703.6, for a fastener which is both destructively secured
and disengaged. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 70, | Locks,
subclass 57.1 for a detectable device attached to an article
by a pin fastener releasable only by a key or special tool. |
| 292, | Closure Fasteners,
subclass 307 for a readily interlocking two-part seal. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclasses 326 through 330for a joint using a biased catch, and subclasses
345-383 for interfitted members joined together by a readily interlocking
fastener. |
|
| | |
| 705 | PIERCED EARRING FASTENER: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising a securing mechanism having an
elongated component which passes through an existing hole located in
the earlobe of a person to attach an ornament thereto.
| | (1)
Note. See the class definition to determine the extent to
which the earring may be claimed and remain proper for this class. |
| | (2)
Note. A device intended to imaple the flesh of the earlobe
is excluded from this subclass and is classified in Class 128. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 90.1, | through 114.12, for a button attached to material with a similar
type fastener. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 63, | Jewelry,
subclasses 12 and 13 for a pierced earring claiming a specific detail
(e.g., setting lock contoured to shape of earlobe) or a specificity
of material (e.g., made from gold) of the earring beyond that required
for a general fastener. |
| 119, | Animal Husbandry,
subclasses 759 and 767 for a poke having a skin piercing attachment
to an animal, subclasses 824 and 825 for a nostril attached mouth
restraint, subclass 835 for a snout restraint that pierces the skin,
and subclass 866 for a nose ring. |
| 128, | Surgery,
subclass 329 for earrings which puncture the earlobe. |
|
| | |
| 706 | PIN OR SEPARATE ESSENTIAL COOPERATING DEVICE THEREFOR: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising either (a) a pin*, (b)
a required portion thereof (i.e., penetrating portion, nonpenetrating
portion), or (c) a discrete device intended to interact with a required
portion of the pin* and affect its operation in the final
securing position of the pin*.
| | (1)
Note. A device intended for impaling the flesh of an animal
(e.g., fish hook) is excluded from this and the indented subclasses
an is classified elsewhere based on its intended use (e.g., Class
17 for a meat skewer, Class 604 for a hypodermic needle). |
| | (2)
Note. See the class definition for patent placement procedure. |
| | (3)
Note. The penetrating fasteners found in this and the indented
subclasses are never intended to be directly driven by a tool into
the structure-to-be-secured*. A tool driven penetrating
fastener (e.g., nail) or a penetrating fastener which is commonly
known to be either tool driven or inserted by hand (e.g., tack)
is classified in Class 411. In addition, a device which interacts
with and affects the securing operation of a penetrating fastener
and either (a) is directly moved by a tool to or from its secured
position with the penetrating portion of the fastener (e.g., nut)
or (b) has a component or surface for directing, constraining, or shielding
the penetrating portion of a fastener directly moved by a tool (e.g., distorted
lock washer) is excluded from this and the indented subclasses.
However, a device which merely has a movable component or surface
shifted by a tool actuated operator* is proper for this and
the indented subclasses. |
| | (4)
Note. Pins which are used as tools are excluded from this
class (see Lines With other Classes of the class definition) and are
found elsewhere (e.g., see search notes below for knitting needles,
apparrel apparatus, and sewing machine needles). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 56 for an armpit shield with dress-attaching feature. |
| 16, | Miscellaneous Hardware (e.g., Bushing, Carpet
Fastener, Caster, Door Closer, Panel Hanger, Attachable or Adjunct
Handle, Hinge, Window Sash Balance, etc.),
subclasses 4 through 17for a carpet fastener which penetrates through
or into a carpet, and subclasses 87.2-87.8 for a flexible panel
attaching means which penetrates into the panel to attach itself thereto
and travels along a track. |
| 30, | Cutlery,
subclasses 164.5 through 164.8for an ice pick. |
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclass 1.5 and 1.6 for a pin fastener in combination with
a specific detail of a badge, and subclasses 24 and 25 for a check,
label, or tag fastener which penetrates through or into the supporting
article and has a special check, label, or tag accommodating feature
(e.g., holder). |
| 43, | Fishing, Trapping, and Vermin Destroying, for devices which penetrate the flesh of an animal, particularly
subclass 5 for a gaff, subclass 6 for a spear, and subclasses
43.16-44.86 for a hook. |
| 63, | Jewelry,
subclass 20 for an ornamental pin claiming a specific detail
(e.g., setting) or specificity of material (e.g., made of gold)
of the pin beyond that requiring for a fastener of general utility. |
| 66, | Textiles: Knitting,
subclasses 116 through 124for knitting needles. |
| 112, | Sewing,
subclasses 222 through 227for sewing machine needles. |
| 128, | Surgery,
subclasses 339+ for a needle for carrying a suture through skin. |
| 132, | Toilet,
subclasses 57.1 through 72.1for a pin type fastener attached to a hat or for
a detached pin fastener cooperating with a hat attached guide or
tip protector. |
| 163, | Needle and Pin Making,
subclasses 6 and 7 for methods and apparatus for making a pin. |
| 223, | Apparel Apparatus,
subclasses 102 through 104for sewing needles. |
| 224, | Package and Article Carriers,
subclass 103 for fish and game stringers. |
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclasses 126 through 130for a handling harpoon. |
| 369, | Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 173 for a stylus. |
| 402, | Binder Devices Releasably Engaging Aperture or
Notch of Sheet, for a fastener which (1) enters or forms an opening
in a sheet, (2) can be separated by hand without damage to either
the sheet or fastener, and (3) has the sole disclosed use of retaining a
sheet. |
| 411, | Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed,
or Locked-Threaded Fastener,
subclasses 439 through 499for a nail, tack, or staple. |
| 452, | Butchering,
subclass 176 for skewering type devices which are used to close
the visceral cavities of fowl in preparation for marketing. |
| 604, | Surgery,
subclasses 187 through 243for hypodermic needles. |
| D11, | Jewelry, Symbolic Insignia, and Ornaments,
subclass 206 for a safety pin design and subclass 207 for a
hat pin design. |
|
| | |
| 706.1 | With separately operable, manually releasable, nonpenetrating
means for mounting (e.g., drapery hook): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Subject matter provided with means for connecting the pin* or
its interacting device to a portion of the structure-to-be-secured* or
a supporting member therefor, and wherein the means (a) does not
affect the operation of the pin* or interacting device
when connected or released, (b) is connected or released solely
by direct manual force, and (c) does not penetrate the structure-to-be-secured* or
support member when connected.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 16, | Miscellaneous Hardware (e.g., Bushing, Carpet
Fastener, Caster, Door Closer, Panel Hanger, Attachable or Adjunct
Handle, Hinge, Window Sash Balance, etc.),
subclasses 4 through 17for a carpet fastener which penetrates through
or into a carpet, and subclasses 87.2-87.8 for a flexible panel
attaching means which penetrates into the panel to attach itself thereto
and travels along a track. |
|
| | |
| 706.2 | Having distinct guiding, holding, or protecting means for
penetrated portion: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Subject matter having means which both (1) does not penetrate
through the hole formed by the impaling structure of the penetrating
portion and (2) is intended to cooperate with the penetrated portion
of the pin* to either (a) direct or constrain the motion
of this portion (e.g., prevent its withdraw) or (b) shield the impaling
structure of the portion from harmful contact with other objects.
| | (1)
Note. Directing, constraining, or shielding means considered
proper for this and the indented subclasses must either partially
surround or directly contact an exposed section of the penetrating
portion which has gone completely through the structure-to-be-secured* or
a supporting member therefor. Means which (1) merely covers a surface
of the material opposite to that penetrated into by the penetrating
portion or (2) contacts the penetrating portion within the material
penetrated is classified elsewhere under subclass 706 (e.g., 711.5,
710.6). | |
| | |
| 706.4 | For pin having plural penetrating portions: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706.3. Directing, constraining, or shielding means intended to
interact with a pin* having two or more penetrating portions
which form distinct holes in the structure-to-be-secured* or
its supporting member.
| | (1)
Note. The means must interact with at least one of the penetrating
portions of the pin* for proper document classification
herein, but need not direct, constrain, or shield the remaining penetrating
portion(s). | |
| | |
| 706.5 | Including relatively movable guiding, holding, or protecting
components or surfaces: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706.3. Directing, constraining, or shielding means including either
(a) two distinct parts connected together in a manner allowing them
at their connection point or region to move relative to each other
when the penetrating portion is directed, constrained, or shielded
by these parts or (b) a surface segment integral with or rigidly
affixed to another surface segment and movable relative to this
segment when the penetrating portion is directed, constrained, or shielded
by these segments. |
| | |
| 706.6 | Having operator for moving holding component or surface: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706.5. Directing, constraining, or shielding means having an operator* for
moving either into or out of contact with the penetrating portion
a part or surface segment of the means which constrains the motion
of the penetrating portion when it is in contact therewith.
| | (1)
Note. An operator* proper for this and the indented
subclasses may also help to direct or shield the penetrating portion
of the pin*. However, if it contacts and directly constrains
the motion of the penetrating portion, it is not considered a proper
operator* for this and the indented subclasses and is placed
as a relatively movable constraining part elsewhere under subclasses
706.5. | |
| | |
| 706.7 | Moves pivoting holding component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706.6. Directing, constraining, or shielding means wherein the
part moved by the operator* is connected to another part
of the means in a manner allowing it to both (a) swing in an arcuate
path about a constantly contacted connection point or region located
on the other part of the means and (b) maintain relative movement between
its surface and that of the other part at the point or region about
which it swings while traveling to or from its portion contacting
position. |
| | |
| 706.8 | Moves slidably guided, nonself-biasing, holding component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706.6. Directing, constraining, or shielding means wherein the
part moved by the operator* is connected to another part
of the means by two mutually cooperating surfaces which (a) are each
integral with or fixedly attached to a different one of the parts,
(b) contact and slide relative to each other when the means constrains the
penetrating portion of the pin, and (c) restrict the relative motion
between the movably connected parts to substantively a single primary
direction, in addition, neither of the above parts are biased along
the primary directions of relative movement by their own resiliency.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 279, | Chucks or Sockets,
subclass 75 for a socket having cam actuated roller jaws used
to hold a shank. |
|
| | |
| 707 | With pivotal connection therebetween: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706.5. Directing, constraining, or shielding means with one part
connected to the other part in a manner allowing it to both (a)
swing in an arcuate path about a constantly contacted connection
point or region located on the other part and (b) maintain relative
movement between its surface and that of the other part at the point or
region about which it swings while traveling to or from its portion
contacting position. |
| | |
| 707.1 | With slidable connection between nonself-biasing components: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706.5. Directing, constraining, or shielding means with one part
connected to the other part by two mutually cooperating surfaces
which (a) are each integral with or fixedly attached to a different
one of the parts, (b) contact and slide relative to each other when
the means direct, constrain, or shield the penetrating portion of the
pin, and (c) restrict the relative motion between the movably connected
parts to substantively a single primary direction, in addition,
neither of the above parts are biased along the primary direction
of relative movement by their own resiliency. |
| | |
| 707.2 | Having resiliently biased component or surface: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706.5. Directing, constraining, or shielding means having one of
the relatively movably parts or surface segments biased either into
or out of its directing constraining, or shielding position by its
own resiliency or the resiliency of another part of the means attached
to or contacting with it. |
| | |
| 707.4 | And aperture therein alignable with another spaced aperture
of means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 707.2. Directing, constraining, or shielding means having a hole
with a continuous closed circumference formed in the biased part
or surface segment of the means, the central axis of this hole being
shifted away from the position to which it is normally biased and
into alignment with the central axis of a hole spaced from it and
formed in another part or surface segment of the means when the
penetrating portion of the pin* is inserted through both
holes. |
| | |
| 707.5 | And nonresilient structure for guiding portion thereto: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 707.2. Directing, constraining, or shielding means having a nonresilient
part or surface segment which limits the movement of the penetrating portion
in at least two directions perpendicular to the one followed by
the penetrating portion as it moves towards the resilient part or
surface segment of the means. |
| | |
| 707.7 | For pin having plural penetrating portions: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706.2. Directing, constraining, or shielding means intended to
interact with a pin* having two or more penetrating portions
which form distinct holes in the structure-to-be-secured* or
its supporting member.
| | (1)
Note. The means must interact with at least one of the penetrating
portions of the pin* for properdocument classification
herein, but need not direct, constrain, or shield the remaining penetrating
portion(s). | |
| | |
| 707.9 | Including relatively movable guiding, holding, or protecting
components or surfaces: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706.2. Directing, constraining, or shielding means including either
(a) two distinct parts connected together in a manner allowing them
at their connection point or region to move relative to each other
when the penetrating portion is directed, constrained, or shielded
by these parts or (b) a surface segment integral with or rigidly
affixed to another surface segment and movable relative to this
segment when the penetrating portion is directed, constrained, or shielded
by these segments. |
| | |
| 708.1 | With pivotal connection therebetween: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 707.9. Directing, constraining, or shielding means with one part
connected to the other part in a manner allowing it to both (a)
swing in an arcuate path about a constantly contacted connection
point or region located on either the outer part or an intermediate
linking part of the means when directing, constraining, or shielding
the penetrating portion and (b) maintain relative movement between
the contacting surfaces of the parts at the point or region of their contact. |
| | |
| 708.3 | Spring or resiliently biased: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 708.1. Directing, constraining, or shielding means wherein the
swinging part is moved into or out of its directing, constraining,
or shielding position by the force stored in either (a) a separate spring
or (b) an integral, resilient* extension of the swinging
part. |
| | |
| 708.4 | With slidable connection between nonself-biasing components: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 707.9. Directing, constraining, or shielding means with one part
connected to the other part by two mutually cooperating surfaces
which (a) are each integral with or fixedly attached to a different
one of the parts, (b) contact and slide relative to each other when
the parts direct, constrain, or shield the penetrating portion of the
pin, and (c) restrict the relative motion between the movably connected
parts to substantively a single primary direction, in addition,
neither of the above parts are biased along the primary direction
relative movement by their own resiliency. |
| | |
| 708.8 | Means formed from single resilient wire: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 707.9. Directing, constraining, or shielding means in which the
relatively movable surface segments are constructed solely from
a filament bent in a manner making at least one segment of the filament
resilient*. |
| | |
| 708.9 | Means formed from resilient sheet metal: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 707.9. Directing, constraining, or shielding means where the relatively
movable surface segments are constructed from a thin piece of metal
bent in a manner making at least one segment of the piece resilient*. |
| | |
| 709.1 | Includes slidable connection: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 709. Subject matter including at least one connection having
two mutually cooperating surfaces which (a) are each integral with
or fixedly attached to the penetrating portion, the means, or an
intermediate linking part, (b) contact and slide relative to each
other when the penetrating portion or the means are moved during
the securing operation, and (c) restrict the relative motion at
the connection between the portion and means or linking part to
substantively a single primary direction. |
| | |
| 709.2 | With pivotal connection between penetrating portion and
means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706.2. Subject matter wherein the pin* is provided with
a connection between its penetrating portion and its directing,
constraining, or shielding means which allows (a) the penetrating
portion to swing in an arcuate path about a constantly contacted
connection point or region located on either the means or an intermediate
linking part attached thereto during the securing operation and
(b) relative movement between the contacting surfaces of the portion
and means or linking part at the point or region of their contact.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclasses 119 through 163for pivot joints, per se. |
|
| | |
| 709.3 | Connection also permits sliding movement: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 709.2. Subject matter in which the connection between the penetrating
portion and the means or linking part also allows the penetrating
portion to move linearly along the length of the constantly contacted
connection region (i.e., the pivot point is nonfixed). |
| | |
| 709.4 | Resiliently biased about connection: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 709.2. Subject matter in which the penetrating portion is swung
about the connection by the force stored in either (a) a separate
spring or (b) an integral, resilient* extension of the
portion, means, or linking part. |
| | |
| 709.5 | With slidable connection intermediate penetrating portion
and means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706.2. Subject matter wherein the pin* is provided with
a connection between its penetrating portion and its directing,
constraining, or shielding means having two mutually cooperating
surfaces which (1) are each integral with or fixedly attached to
the penetrating portion, the means, or an intermediate linking part,
(2) contact and slide relative to each other when the penetrating
portion and means cooperate during the securing operation, and (3)
restrict the relative motion between the portion and means or linking
part to substantively a single primary direction. |
| | |
| 709.6 | Having resilient bridging structure between portion and
means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706.2. Subject matter having an intermediate structure linking
the penetrating portion of the pin* to the directing, constraining,
or shielding means and biasing the portion toward or away from the
means by either its own resiliency or the resiliency of another
part of the pin* (e.g., spring) attached to or contacting
with the structure. |
| | |
| 710 | Wire also forms coiled bridging structure about which portion
moves: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 709.8. Subject matter wherein the elongated filament from which
the penetrating portion is formed also forms at least a segment
of the linking structure, this segment being bent or molded into
the shape of at least two partial, similar, adjacent loops about
which the penetrating portion moves and is resiliently biased. |
| | |
| 710.7 | Slidable connection: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 710.6. Pin* in which the section of the nonpenetrating portion
linking at least two relatively movable penetrating portions includes
two mutually cooperating surfaces which (a) are each integral with
or fixedly attached to one of the penetrating portions or their
common nonpenetrating portion, (b) contact and slide relative to
each other when the penetrating portions move during the securing
operation, and (c) restrict the relative motion between the penetrating
portions to substantively a single primary direction. |
| | |
| 710.8 | Resilient connection: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 710.6. Pin* in which the section of the nonpenetrating portion
linking the two relatively movable penetrating portion together
bias the portions by its own resiliency towards or away from their
final securing position. |
| | |
| 710.9 | Formed from common wire: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 710.5. Pin* in which two of the penetrating portions are
constructed from a single elongated filament.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 411, | Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed,
or Locked-Threaded Fastener,
subclasses 457 through 476for a multiple prong impact driven fastener. |
|
| | |
| 711.1 | Penetrating portion includes relatively movable structure
for resisting extraction: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Pin* wherein the penetrating portion includes either
(a) two distinct parts connected together in a manner allowing them
at their connection point or region to move relative to each other or
(b) a surface segment integral with or rigidly affixed to another
surface segment and movable relative to this segment, the relative
movement of the parts or surfaces occurring after the penetrating
portion impales the structure-to-be-secured* or its supporting
member and inhibiting or preventing its withdrawal.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclasses 127 through 130for a handling harpoon with mechanically spread
barbs. |
|
| | |
| 711.2 | Having specific wire penetrating portion: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Pin* wherein the penetrating portion is constructed
from an elongated filament which either (a) has a particular structural
modification (e.g., stepped point) or (b) is made from a particular
material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 411, | Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed,
or Locked-Threaded Fastener,
subclasses 487 through 499for a nail, tack, or staple having specific shank
or penetrating end structure. |
|
| | |
| 711.3 | Wire curved or bent: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 711.2. Pin* in which the elongated filament forming the
penetrating portion has a turned or twisted shape.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 43, | Fishing, Trapping, and Vermin Destroying,
subclasses 43.16 through 44.86for a hook. |
|
| | |
| 711.4 | Having distinct head structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Pin* having its nonpenetrating portion constructed
from material or structure other than that forming the penetrating
portion.
| | (1)
Note. If the nonpenetrating portion of the pin either supports
or forms guiding, holding, or protecting means for the penetrating
portion (e.g., contacts or covers the point of the pin), then it
is not proper for this and the indented subclass and is found in
subclasses 706.2-710.2. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 411, | Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed,
or Locked-Threaded Fastener,
subclass 480 for an impact driven fastener having a separately attached
head. |
|
| | |
| 712 | DRAWSTRING, LACED-FASTENER, OR SEPARATE ESSENTIAL COOPERATING
DEVICE THEREFOR: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising either (1) a drawstring*,
(2) a laced-fastener*, (3) a required component thereof
(i.e., string, string guiding means) or (4) a discrete device intended
to contact and interact with a required portion of the laced-fastener* to
affect its operation.
| | (1)
Note. Some patents within this and the indented subclasses
have been placed solely on either (1) their principle disclosed
use or (2) their commonly known use in the disclosed environment
(e.g., an eyelet shown near the opening of a shoe) when no special
art classification for the claimed device exist elsewhere. |
| | (2)
Note. Patents which merely name an eyelet or grommet mounted
on flaccid material have been placed within this and the indented
subclasses even if there is no disclosure that they are string guiding
means proper for this and the indented subclasses, when their disclosures
do not state what passes through their guiding cavity and the eyelets
or grommets do not attach layers of material together. |
| | (3)
Note. See the class definition for patent placement procedures. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 18, | for a cord type packet holder. |
| 34, | for a laced-fastener* used to connect the
ends of a belt. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 270 for means which closes the opening in the sleeve or
leg portion of apparel. |
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclass 12 for machines or processes for making a lacing stud. |
| 36, | Boots, Shoes, and Leggings,
subclasses 50.1 through 54for a laced-fastener* in combination with
specific shoe structure. |
| 87, | Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making, for a process or apparatus for making a strand. |
| 128, | Surgery,
subclasses 565 and 571 for bandaging having a laced-fastener*. |
| 156, | Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclass 70 for a method of encasing a drawstring between adhering
lamina. |
| 402, | Binder Device Releasably Engaging Aperture or
Notch of Sheet,
subclasses 8 through 18for a cord type binder device. |
| D2, | Apparel and Haberdashery,
subclass 316 for a shoelace. |
|
| | |
| 712.1 | Includes separate device for holding drawn portion of lacing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 712. Subject matter including a device which (a) is neither part
of nor fixedly attached to the string or string guiding means of
either the drawstring* or laced-fastener* and
(b) prevents, or helps to prevent, retrograde movement of the extracted
portion of the string from its securing position.
| | (1)
Note. In general, a device which is part of guiding means
for the string is not proper for this and the indented subclasses.
However, if a guiding means with a device is intended to always
be used at the end of a series of diverse type guiding means which
are not intended to prevent the movement of the string, then it
is proper for this area. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 115, | for a fastener which engages and holds one portion
of a cord or rope having a principle utility outside this class
(i.e., the rope or cord is a structure-to-be-secured* and
not part of a Class 24 fastener). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 411, | Freight Accommodation on Freight Carrier,
subclass 101 for an anchor to secure an end of a load lashing
member to a freight carrying vehicle so that the remainder of the
member may be used to lash a freight load unit to the vehicle. |
|
| | |
| 712.2 | Device engages tie in lacing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 712.1. Movement preventing device which contacts and works in conjunction
with a knot or bow formed in cooperating extracted portions of the string.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 245 for a shoe ornament. |
|
| | |
| 712.3 | And fully covers tie: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 712.2. Movement preventing device wherein either the knot or bow
in the string is entirely concealed beneath the perimeter of the
device. |
| | |
| 712.4 | Device engages element or formation on lacing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 712.1. Movement preventing device which contacts and works in conjunction
with either (1) a distinct element attached to and supported by
the string or (2) a structural formation (e.g., aperture) formed
in or on the string to prevent retrograde movement of the string. |
| | |
| 712.5 | Having relatively movable holding components or surfaces: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 712.1. Movement preventing device having either (1) two distinct
parts connected together in a manner allowing them at their connection
point or region to move relative to each other when the components
contact and act together to prevent retrograde movement of the string
or (2) a segment integral with or rigidly affixed to another segment
and movable relative to this segment when the two segments contact
and act together to prevent retrograde movement of the string. |
| | |
| 712.6 | With pivotal connection therebetween: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 712.5. Movement preventing device with one string contacting part
connected to another string contacting part in a manner allowing
it to both (1) swing in an arcuate path about a constantly engaged
connection point or region located on either the other string contacting
part or an intermediate linking part of the device and (2) maintain
relative movement between the engaging surfaces of the parts at
the point or region of their engagement when shifting toward or
away from its string contacting position. |
| | |
| 712.7 | With integral resilient linking structure therebetween: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 712.5. Movement preventing device with one string contacting segment
connected to another string contacting segment by intermediate structure unitarily
constructed with the two contacting segments and biasing them by
its own resiliency either toward or away from their string contacting
position. |
| | |
| 713.1 | And forming lacing tips: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 713. Movement preventing means which also shields or encases
the ends of the string to either prevent damage to the ends or facilitate their
passage through the guiding means. |
| | |
| 713.6 | Having eyelet type directing means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 712. String guiding means having structure at least partially
encircling a string guiding aperture which completely passes through
and has its central axis perpendicular to the longitudinal plane
of the structure-to-be-secured.*
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 661, | for a receiving cavity (e.g., button hole) of a
separable-fastener* which is defined by both flaccid* and
nonflaccid components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 16, | Miscellaneous Hardware (e.g., Bushing, Carpet
Fastener, Caster, Door Closer, Panel Hanger, Attachable or Adjunct
Handle, Hinge, Window Sash Balance, etc.),
subclasses 2.1 through 2.5for a device which lines and reinforces an opening
in a structure to prevent abrasion of an element passing therethrough,
and subclasses 108+ for an annular protective device which prevents
abrasion of an element passing through a pipe or conduit. |
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclass 27 for a reinforcing device which prevents a label
or tag from tearing. |
| 112, | Sewing,
subclass 66 for special machines which stitch around the edges
of an eyelet. |
| 114, | Ships, particularly
subclasses 114 and 115 for an eyelet on a sail. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclass 152 for a bushing type insulator passing through a
wall or plate. |
| 411, | Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed,
or Locked-Threaded Fastener,
subclasses 439 through 499for a fastener securing two layers of material
together and having a hole formed therethrough which is not disclosed
for use as a passageway for an element (e.g., lacing). |
|
| | |
| 713.7 | With permanently deformed mounting structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 713.6. String guiding means provided with structure for attaching
the guiding means to the structure-to-be-secured* which
has a portion of its initial configuration altered during the attaching
operation by a deforming force in excess of the amount of force
necessary for plastic deformation of the material from which the
structure is constructed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclasses 505 through 524.1for the process of joining two parts together by
distorting a portion of at least one of the parts beyond its elastic
limit. |
|
| | |
| 713.9 | Having hook shaped directing means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 712. String guiding means having an elongated planer shank and
a curved or bent appendage which projects therefrom and has its
remaining end unconnected thereto, the free end of the appendage
and a portion of the shank defining a gap through which the string
may enter or leave the guide means when moved in a direction perpendicular
to the direction the string travels when guided. |
| | |
| 714 | And movable component or surface for closing throat: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 713.9. String guiding means having either (1) a distinct displaceable
part connected to or (2) a displaceable surface segment integral
with or rigidly affixed to the shank or appendage of the guiding
means for blocking the gap through which the string enter or leaves. |
| | |
| 714.1 | Mounted by structure allowing bodily movement thereof: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 713.9. String guiding means which is attached to the structure-to-be-secured* by
structure permitting the string guiding portion of the means to move
as a complete unit relative to the surface to which it is attached.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 439, | for Slit Closing means which includes a laced-fastener* between
parts of its slidable bridging component. |
|
| | |
| 714.2 | Formed from wire: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 713.9. String guiding means in which the shank and its curved or
bent appendage are constructed from an elongated filament. |
| | |
| 714.4 | With permanently deformed mounting structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 713.9. String guiding means provided with structure for attaching
the guiding means to the structure-to-be-secured* which
has its initial configuration altered during the attaching operation by
a deforming force in excess of the amount of force necessary for
plastic deformation of the material from which the structure is
constructed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclasses 505 through 524.1for the process of joining two parts together by
distorting a portion of at least one of the parts beyond its elastic
limit. |
|
| | |
| 714.5 | Expanding stud: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 714.4. Deformed attaching structure having a narrow shank portion
which first passes through the structure-to-be-secured* and
then has the width of the end projecting therethrough broadened by
the deforming force to prevent its withdrawal. |
| | |
| 714.6 | Having loop or sleeve shaped directing means: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 712. String guiding means attached to the structure-to-be-secured* and
having a curved or bent configuration which either fully encircles,
or coacts with the structure-to-be-secured* to fully encircle,
a passage through which the string travels when guided. |
| | |
| 714.8 | Mounted by structure allowing bodily movement thereof: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 714.6. String guiding means which is attached to the structure-to-be-secured* by
structure permitting the string guiding portion of the means to move
as a complete unit relative to the surface to which it is attached.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 439, | for Slit Closing means which includes a laced-fastener* between
spaced parts of its slidable bridging component. |
|
| | |
| 715 | With permanently deformed mounting structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 714.6. String guiding means provided with structure for attaching
the guiding means to the structure-to-be-secured* which
has its initial configuration altered during the attaching operation by
a deforming force in excess of the amount of force necessary for
plastic deformation of the material from which the structure is
constructed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclasses 505 through 524.1for the process of joining two parts together by
distorting a portion of at least one of the parts beyond its elastic
limit. |
|
| | |
| 715.2 | Expanding stud: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 715. Deformed attaching structure having a narrow shank portion
which first passes through the structure-to-be-secured* and
then has the width of the end projecting therethrough broadened by
the deforming force to prevent its withdrawal. |
| | |
| 715.3 | Having elastic segment in lacing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 712. String having at least a portion of its length either (1)
formed from or combined with flaccid* resilient* material
or (2) attached to and supporting a resilient* element
(e.g., spring).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 57, | Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclasses 225 and 526 for an indefinite length strand having
an elastomeric material core. |
| 87, | Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making,
subclass 2 for processes for making an elastic strand. |
|
| | |
| 715.4 | Having means covering tip of lacing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 712. String having means located thereon for shielding or encasing
at least one of its ends to either prevent damage to the end or
facilitate its passage through the guiding means.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 713.1, | for holding means which also covers the tips of
its lacing. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 57, | Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclasses 232 through 234for an indefinite length strand having a coated
or impregnated segment. |
| 425, | Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus, cross-reference art collection 807 for lace tipping
apparatus. |
|
| | |
| 715.5 | Tasseled: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 715.4. Shielding or encasing means which includes either (1) multiple
parallel cords or (2) a slitted part with multiple parallel tentacles,
the cords or tentacles having one of their ends fixedly attached
to the string and the other end extending away from the string and
dangling freely.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 428, | Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles,
subclass 28 for a decorative element placed on the end of an
article. |
|
| | |
| 715.7 | With permanently deformed mounting structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 715.4. Shielding or encasing means provided with structure for
attaching the means to the string which has its initial configuration
altered during the attaching operation by a deforming force in excess
of the amount of force necessary for plastic deformation of the
material from which the structure is constructed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclasses 505 through 524.1for the process of joining two parts together by
distorting a portion of a least one of the parts beyond its elastic
limit. |
|
| | |
| 716 | HANGER ON PORTABLE ARTICLE SUPPORT FOR MANUAL ATTACHMENT
THEREOF TO OVERHEAD SUPPORT (E.G., DRAPERY HOOK): |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising connecting means on transportable
article supporting structure which is attached or detached solely by
direct manual force to a support member (e.g., rod) located above
it when the article supporting structure is suspended therefrom.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 706.1, | for a pin* mounted to supporting structure
by manually releaseable means. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 16, | Miscellaneous Hardware (e.g., Bushing, Carpet
Fastener, Caster, Door Closer, Panel Hanger, Attachable or Adjunct
Handle, Hinge, Window Sash Balance, etc.),
subclasses 87.2 , 93, 94, 95, and 96, for a drapery support in combination
with guide shoe or guide track structure. |
| 160, | Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclass 404 for the combination of a hook element supporting
fabric from an elongated support element. |
| 223, | Apparel Apparatus,
subclasses 85 through 98for a garment hanger (e.g., coat hanger) provided
with a support hook and Dig. 4 for a garment hanger support hook
or garment support hook. |
|
| | |
CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS
| 900.1 | SHIRT COLLAR HOLDERS: |
| | Fastener designed to hold one or more portions of a neck
encircling band of a shirt in a particular position relative to
either another portion of the neck encircling band or the shirt. |
| | |
| 901 | PENETRATING-TYPE PAPER FASTENER: |
| | Fastener designed to pierce into or through a sheet of paper. |
| | |
| 902 | TUFTING BUTTON FASTENER: |
| | Fastener designed to attach either an affixed head portion
or a separate button to an upholstery cover. |
| | |
| 903 | ARMPIT SHIELD FASTENER: |
| | Fastener designed to attach a perspiration absorbing pad
to an article of clothing at the section thereof which is nearest
to the armpit. |
| | |
| 904 | GLOVE FASTENER: |
| | Securing means designed to either (a) close an opening in
a hand covering or (b) hold one portion of a hand covering relative
to another portion thereof. |
| | |
| 905 | WATCH CHAIN FASTENER (E.G., SWIVEL HOOK): |
| | Securing means designed to releasably attach the end of
a chain to a watch supported thereby. |
| | |
| 906 | FASTENER FOR ATTACHING BAND TO WATCH OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
(E.G., NAME PLATE): |
| | Securing means designed to releaseably attach either a watch
or another article of like size to a band intended to be worn around
an appendage of a person. |
| | |
| 907 | PLASTIC HOOK: |
| | Securing means which is completely constructed from a plastic
compound (e.g., synthetic resin, polymer) and includes an elongated
shank portion with a bent or curved appendage projecting therefrom. |
| | |
| 908 | FISHLINE SUPPORTED ATTACHMENT HOOK: |
| | Securing means which is designed to be mounted on a fishline
and to releasably attach fishing apparatus (e.g., fishhook) thereto
and which includes an elongated shank portion with a bent or curved
appendage projecting therefrom. |
| | |
| 909 | WINDERS FOR FLEXIBLE MATERIAL: |
| | Winders adapted to be attached to a wire, strap, or other
line at a point along its length to take up slack and remain as
a permanent part of the line. |
| | |
| 910 | ONE-PIECE: |
| | Winders under art collection 909 made in one piece. |
| | |
FOREIGN ART COLLECTIONS
The definitions below correspond to abolished subclasses from
which these collections were formed. See the Foreign Art Collection
schedule of this class for specific correspondences. [Note:
The titles and definitions for indented art collections include
all the details of the one(s) that are hierarchically superior.]
| FOR 100 | SEPARABLE-FASTENER OR REQUIRED COMPONENT THEREOF (24/572): |
| | Subject matter comprising a separable-fastener* or
a required component of a separable-fastener* (i.e., one
of the interlocking members).
| | (1)
Note. Securing means having a component which penetrates or
forms a passageway through the structure-to-be-secured* and
then contacts and interlocks with a dissociable cooperating member
are not considered proper for this and the indented subclasses and
are found generally below in subclass 706 and its indented subclasses.
In addition, securing means which penetrate through the structure-to-be-secured* to
form and interlock with an aperture in the struc-ture-to-be-secured* are
also not found in this and the indented subclasses and are located
in subclasses 706 and 442. |
| | (2)
Note. See the class definition for patent placement procedure. | |
| | |
| FOR 101 | With third, detached member completing interlock (24/573.1): |
| | Separable-fastener* provided with a third, dissociable
member which is not directly attached to the two other mating interlocking
members and which concurrently engages both of them when they are
in their final fastening position to complete the interlocking connection.
| | (1)
Note. This interlocking member may either be totally separate
from or linked with the structure-to-be-secured*. |
| | (2)
Note. A separable-fastener* which includes three
separate members and has at least one member which is capable of completing
a useful interlocking connection between a section of the structure-to-be-secured* to
which it is mounted and either another section thereof or a support
therefor by selectively interlocking with either of the remaining
two dissociable members without requiring (a) all three members
to be interengaged to complete interlock or (b) their connections
to be done in a specific sequence with each other is not considered
proper for this and the indented subclasses and is found below in
subclasses 605, 630, or 697. | |
| | |
| FOR 102 | And linking cavities in adjacent parallel panels (24/573.2): |
| | Separable-fastener* wherein the dissociable member
(a) enters a cavity formed in each of two distinct planar structures
composing the structure-to-be-secured* or the support therefor,
(b) connects the planar structures to each other, and (c) maintains
the structures in parallel, noncoplanar relationship while connected. |
| | |
| FOR 103 | Third member includes independently engaged hooks for
linking spaced cavities (24/573.3): |
| | Separable-fasteners* wherein the dissociable
member includes two distinct projections which each (a) have one
of their ends connected to common, generally planar bridging structure
and have their opposite end (i.e., tip) free from fixed connection with
any other portion of the dissociable member and bending generally
toward the planar bridging structure or the other projection and
(b) engage one of two spaced cavities and separately interlock therewith
when their member bridges the space therebetween. |
| | |
| FOR 104 | And movably connected, noninserted gate for closing access
throat of hook (24/573.4): |
| | Separable-fastener* wherein the dissociable member
includes barrier means for each projection which is movably connected
to or formed from the bridging structure and which closes or reduces
the unobstructed spaced between the tip of its projection and the
bridging structure when located in one of its positions to less
than the amount of space needed to pass the projection into or out
of its cooperating cavity. |
| | |
| FOR 105 | Third member includes relatively movable, separate components
(24/373.5): |
| | Separable-Fastener* wherein the third member
includes two parts connected together which (a) shift relative to
each other during the fastening operation and (b) are structurally
distinct from each other (i.e., not integrally formed or rigidly
affixed to each other). |
| | |
| FOR 106 | For parachute harness (24/573.6): |
| | Separable-fastener* which is used to attach together
at least two ends of straps arranged to hold a parachute onto the
body of its user. |
| | |
| FOR 107 | Third member consists of unitary elongated element (24/573.7): |
| | Separable-fastener* wherein the dissociable member
consist of a slender element formed from a single piece of material
having no appendages along it length. |
| | |
| FOR 108 | Each mating member having similarly shaped, sized, and
operated interlocking face (24/575): |
| | Separable-fastener* wherein the interlocking
faces of each of the two dissociable, mating members have (a) approximately
the same structural configuration and size, and (b) require the
same manipulation to maneuver them together into mutual interlocking contact.
| | (1)
Note. For a separable-fastener* to be proper for
this subclass and the indented subclasses, the interlocking faces
of the mating members must be capable of receiving each other to
the same degree or alternately when maneuvered into contact. Mating
members which have a similar shape, but which have a variation in
sizes so that one member always surrounds a greater area of the
other member are classified in other subclasses located below. | |
| | |
| FOR 109 | Including elongated face having identical, parallel cross
sections throughout its length (24/576): |
| | Dissociable mating member wherein the interlocking
face (i.e., the portion actually engaging opposed member during
interlock) includes a single formation or group of contacting aligned
formations which have (a) a significantly longer dimension in one
direction (i.e., the magnitude thereof being much greater than that
of any dimension of a cross-sectional slice taken perpendicular thereto)
and (b) identically shaped, uniformly sized, cross-sectional configurations positioned
along and perpendicular to the length of this dimension. |
| | |
| FOR 110 | Including elongated face having varying, parallel cross
sections throughout its length (24/577): |
| | Dissociable mating member wherein the interlocking
face (i.e., the portion actually engaging opposed member during
interlock) includes a single formation or group of formations which
has (a) a significantly longer dimension in one direction (i.e.,
the magnitude thereof being much greater than that of any dimension
of a cross-sectional slice taken perpendicular thereto) and (b)
differently shaped or sized cross-sectional configurations positioned
along and perpendicular to the length of this dimension. subclass
364 for interfitted rigid* or semirigid* panels (i.e.,
structure-to-be-secured*) having interdigitated interlocking
structure forming a joint. |
| | |
| FOR 111 | Including complementary shaped and alternately useable
interlocking faces (24/578): |
| | Dissociable mating member wherein each mating member
includes two distinct interlocking faces having configurations which are
structural counterparts of one another and which are each only capable
of being alternately used with the opposed mating member to engage
and interlock with their counterpart configuration thereon.
| | (1)
Note. A mating member having two distinct complementary interlocking
faces alternately usable before its mounting to a supporting surface,
but which is intended to utilize only one of these faces after its
mounting is proper for this subclass. | |
| | |
| FOR 112 | Single piece hook-shaped member (e.g., mating garment
hooks) (24/579.1): |
| | Dissociable mating member formed from a single piece
of material and having a main, generally planar, shank section connected
at one end to a mounting section of this member or directly to the
structure-to-be-secured*, and at the other end, to an integral of
rigidly attached appendage section which appendage section (a) has
its opposite end free from fixed connection with any other section
of this member, and (b) bends generally towards either the connection
of the shank section with the mounting section of this member, the
shank section, or the structure-to-be-secured*. |
| | |
| FOR 113 | Including member having distinct formations and mating
member selectively interlocking therewith (24/580): |
| | Separable-fastener* including a dissociable mating
member with an interlocking face having a plurality of spaced, distinct
structural formations and another opposed mating member with an
interlocking face selectively interlockable with any of these formations
to complete the securing operation.
| | (1)
Note. An opposed member having an interlocking face which
engages more than one of the structural formation on the interlocking
face of the first member during a particular securing operation
is only proper for this and the indented subclasses when the number
of formations engaged in the securing operation can be less than
the total number of formations available. |
| | (2)
Note. When both interlocking members have plural formations,
then the one considered the formations member is always the one
with the large number of formations. If both members have an equal number
of formations and comply with the restrictions of (1) Note, then
they are placed within this subclass. | |
| | |
| FOR 114 | Formations positioned along wall forming mating-member-guiding
cavity (24/581): |
| | Plural formations member having its spaced, distinct
structural formations located on a surface which at least partially
defines one wall of a cavity utilized by this member to guide an
inserted portion of the mating member towards its final interlock
position with the formations.
| | (1)
Note. A cavity which is proper for this and the indented subclass
may or may not fully encircle the segment of the pathway along which
the selectively interlocking member travels during its initial insertion.
However, if it only partially encircles this location, then it must clearly
limit the movement of the inserted member in at least two directions
which are perpendicular to the direction of its travel and in opposite directions
to one another at this location. | |
| | |
| FOR 115 | Formations member having movably attached or biased interlocking
structure (24/582): |
| | Plural formations member having at least one opposed-member-guiding
or contacting component which is (a) utilized to enhance the interlocking
connecting between the mating members, and (b) attached in a manner
allowing, or includes a portion resilient* enough to allow,
the movement of this component relative to the remainder of its
member during the interlocking operation.
| | (1)
Note. The component of this subclass may be either a part
of one of the formations, one of the formations, or a totally separate
element from the formations. | |
| | |
| FOR 116 | Formations member having movably attached or biased interlocking
structure (24/583): |
| | Plural formations member having at least one opposed-member-guiding
or engaging component which is (a) utilized to enhance the interlocking
connection between the mating members, and (b) attached in a manner
allowing, or includes a portion resilient* enough to allow,
the movement of this component relative to the remainder of its
member during the interlocking operation.
| | (1)
Note. The component of this subclass may be either a part
of one of the formations, one of the formations, or a totally separate
element from the formations. | |
| | |
| FOR 117 | Selectively interlocking member having movably attached
or biased interlocking component (24/584): |
| | Selective interlocking member having at least one
component for guiding or engaging the plural formations on the opposed
member which (a) enhances its interlocking engagement with one of
the formations, and (b) is attached in a manner allowing, or includes
a portion resilient* enough to allow, the movement of this
component relative to the remainder of its member during the interlocking
operation |
| | |
| FOR 118 | And cavity for guiding movement of formations (24/585): |
| | Selective interlocking member having a cavity utilized
to guide an inserted portion of the plural formations member during
the interlocking operation and limit its travel by this guidance.
| | (1)
Note. A cavity which is proper for this subclass may or may
not fully encircle the segment of the pathway along which the formations
member travels during its initial insertion. However, if it only
partially encircles this location, then it must clearly limit the
movement of the inserted member in at least two directions which
are perpendicular to the direction of its travel and in opposite directions
to one another at this location. | |
| | |
| FOR 119 | Having mounting means allowing repositioning of member
for facilitating interlock (24/586): |
| | Separable-fastener* wherein at least one
of the mating members is mounted to structure-to-be-secured* or
a support therefor by means which allows this member to be repositioned
during the securing operation to facilitate the interlocking of
the faces of the two mating members. |
| | |
| FOR 120 | Including member having elongated, resilient, interlocking
face with identical, parallel cross sections throughout its length
(24/587): |
| | Separable-fastener* wherein one of the
dissociable mating members includes a single resilient* interlocking
face (i.e., the portion actually engaging the opposed member during
interlock) or a group of contacting, aligned, resilient* interlocking
faces having (a) a significantly longer dimension in one direction
(i.e., the magnitude thereof being much greater than that of any
dimension of a cross-sectional slice taken perpendicular thereto)
and (b) identically shaped, uniformly sized, cross-sectional configurations positioned
along and perpendicular to the length of this dimension. |
| | |
| FOR 121 | Including receiving member having cavity and mating member
having insertable projection guided to interlock thereby (24/588): |
| | Separable-fastener* including one dissociable
mating member having a cavity portion on its interlocking face and
another mating member having a projecting portion on its interlocking
face insertable through the access opening (i.e., the portion of
the cavity defining the segment of the pathway along which the projection
travels during its initial insertion) of the cavity which receives
and guides the projection towards the final position it maintains
when the interlocking faces of the two mating members are secured together.
| | (1)
Note. Patents in which both interlocking members include a
cavity at least partially encompassing a portion of the opposed
member"s structure during their association with each other
are placed in this and the indented subclasses according to the
following rule: the receiving is always the member having the largest cavity
which encompasses a portion of the mating structure"s surface
at the interlocking connection (i.e., area or mutual contact). The
only exceptions to this rule are when either a (1) hook, (2) member
having a closable access opening, or (3) member having a cavity
with a partially encircled access opening have a portion of their
structure maneuvered through a smaller cavity located on the opposed
member and having a fully encircled access opening which is not intended
to be fully positioned between side walls of the first member"s
cavity in its final interlocked position. In these situations the
member having the cavity with the largest fully encircled access opening
is always considered the receiving member. |
| | (2)
Note. A cavity which is proper for this and the indented subclasses
may or may not have a fully encircled access opening. However, if
it only partially encircles the initial segment of the projection"s
pathway, it must clearly limit the movement of the inserted projection
in at least two directions which are perpendicular to the direction
of projection travel and in opposite directions to one another at
this segment in the pathway. |
| | (3)
Note. The cavity referred to in this and the indented subclasses
is always the largest structural formation of the receiving member
which fulfills all the requirements of (1) and (2) Notes of this subclass,
and the projection referred to is always the largest projecting
portion inserted within this cavity and located on the opposed member.
Patents should not be placed in this and the indented subclasses
on the basis of a small "cavity" or the "projection"
therefor. | |
| | |
| FOR 122 | Having divergent interlock means distinct from cavity
or projection of its member (24/589): |
| | Separable-fastener* wherein either the receiving
or projection member is provided with additional means which (a)
completes the interlock between the receiving and projection members,
(b) is different from either the cavity or projection on its member
in size, shape, and method of interlock, (c) is located completely
outside of the cavity or is separate from the projection, and (d)
respectively engages with structure or the opposed member distinct
from either the projection or any supporting structure forming a
rigidly affixed or integral extension of the projection or the internal
surface of the structure defining the cavity. |
| | |
| FOR 123 | Projection or cavity rotates about axis of cavity access
opening to interlock (24/590): |
| | Dissociable mating members, wherein either the projection
or an opposed member engaging or guiding portion of the projection
or the receiving member is rotated about the central axis of the
cavity"s access opening (i.e., the portion of the cavity
defining the opening through which the projection initially enters)
after or during the insertion of the projection into the cavity
to complete the interlock between the members. |
| | |
| FOR 124 | Having projection rotatably connected to its member (24/591): |
| | Projection member having at least a component of
its inserted projection connected to another component of its member
(i.e., either a stationary component of the projection or noninserted
component) in a manner allowing relative rotation around the connection
therebetween. |
| | |
| FOR 125 | And operator therefor (24/592): |
| | Projection member having an operator* for turning
the rotatably connected component about its connection.
| | (1)
Note. A component which both (a) prevents the separation of
the dissociable mating members, and (b) is located on one of the
mating members and directly engages the interlocking portion of
the other mating member is not considered a proper operator* for
this subclass and is placed as a relatively movable interlocking
component. | |
| | |
| FOR 126 | And position locking-means therefor (24/593): |
| | Projection member having locking-means* for
retaining the rotatably connected component at a particular orientation
when it is in interlocking engagement.
| | (1)
Note. A component which (a) prevents the separation of the
dissociable members, and (b) is located on one of the mating members
and directly engages the interlocking portion of the other mating
member is not considered a proper position locking-means* for
this subclass and is placed elsewhere as an interlocking component. | |
| | |
| FOR 127 | Including notch or hump on projection axially biased by
spring (24/594): |
| | Locking-means* including a notch or hump formed
on the rotatably connected component and resilient* biasing
means for shifting this rotatable component along its rotational
axis and moving the notch or hump thereon into engagement with a
nonrotating component of its member. |
| | |
| FOR 128 | Including radially biased element engaging against relatively
rotating surface at connection (24/595): |
| | Locking-means* including an element resiliently
biased in a direction transverse to the central axis of the access
opening and located on one relatively rotating component of the
projection member and engaging and pushing against a contact surface
located on the other relatively rotating component of the projection
member at the connection to prevent any rotation until the resilient* force of
the element is overcome by the camming action of the contact surface
thereagainst. |
| | |
| FOR 129 | And spring for axially biasing projection (24/596): |
| | Projection member provided with resilient* biasing
means attached thereto for shifting the rotatably connected projection
or component thereof along its rotational axis. |
| | |
| FOR 130 | Receiving member includes either movable connection between
cavity components or variable configuration cavity (24/597): |
| | Receiving member which includes either (a) two distinct,
projection contacting or guiding components, in addition to or forming
a portion or portions of the required guiding cavity, connected
together in a manner allowing them at their connection point or region
to move relative to each other for facilitating interlock with the
projection of the mating member during the securement operation,
or (b) a cavity having a projection contacting or guiding surface
segment which is integral with or rigidly affixed to the surface
forming the remainder of the cavity and movable relative to this
remaining surface to change the shape of the cavity"s periphery
for facilitating interlock with the projection of the mating member
during the securement operation. |
| | |
![[Search a list of Patent Appplications for class 24]](../as.gif)
CLASS 24,